WO2014084859A1 - Molecules and methods for modulating tmem16a activities - Google Patents
Molecules and methods for modulating tmem16a activities Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2014084859A1 WO2014084859A1 PCT/US2012/067430 US2012067430W WO2014084859A1 WO 2014084859 A1 WO2014084859 A1 WO 2014084859A1 US 2012067430 W US2012067430 W US 2012067430W WO 2014084859 A1 WO2014084859 A1 WO 2014084859A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- antibody
- tmem16a
- antibodies
- binding
- antigen binding
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
- C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
- C07K16/30—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants from tumour cells
- C07K16/3046—Stomach, Intestines
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
- C07K2317/34—Identification of a linear epitope shorter than 20 amino acid residues or of a conformational epitope defined by amino acid residues
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
- C07K2317/77—Internalization into the cell
Definitions
- the present invention relates to antigen binding molecules to TMEM16A, epitopes bound by those molecules, and methods of using the molecules.
- TMEM16A has been identified as a calcium activated chloride channel (see, e.g., Yang et ah, Nature, 455: 1210-1215 (2008)). It is also known by some other names, such as ANOl, TAOS2, ORAOV2, and DOG-1.
- TMEM16A belongs to the anoctamin/TMEM16 family of membrane proteins. This family includes other members, such as TMEM16B-K.
- A11 TMEM16 proteins have similar putative topology, consisting of eight transmembrane segments and cytosolic N- and C- termini (see, e.g., Galietta, Biophysical J. 97:3047-3053, (2009)).
- TMEM16A Calcium activated chloride channels functions in many physiological processes, including transepithelial secretion, cardiac and neuronal excitation, sensory transduction, smooth muscle contraction, and fertilization.
- TMEM16A is potentially involved in epithelial fluid secretion, olfactory and phototransduction, neuronal and cardiac excitability, and regulation of vascular tone including gut motility (see, e.g., Galietta, 2009).
- TMEM16A is also highly over expressed in some cancers, for example, gastrointestinal stromal tumor ("GIST"), and head and neck cancer.
- GIST gastrointestinal stromal tumor
- TMEM16A is located on chromosome 1 lql3 and it appears that amplification of this chromosomal region occurs in many tumors including almost half of oral squamous cell carcinomas (Huang et ah, Genes Chromosomes Cancer 45: 1058-1069, (2006)), and neck squamous cell carcinomas (Cares et ah, Oncogene 25: 1821 -1831 , (2006)).
- GIST is the most common mesenchymal tumor found in the gastrointestinal tract. There is a high unmet medical need due to refractory, metastatic or resistant GIST. There is also a high unmet medical need to other cancers in which TMEM16A has been implicated. BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
- the present invention provides molecules that bind to TMEM16A ("TMEM16A binding molecules"), particularly TMEM16A binding molecules that specifically bind to the extracellular domain 2 ("ECD2") or extracellular domain 3 ("ECD3") of TMEM16A and internalize upon binding.
- TMEM16A binding molecules specifically bind to a peptide comprising or consisting of amino acids KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO: 3), or a portion thereof.
- the TMEM16A binding molecules specifically bind to a peptide comprising or consisting of amino acids RYKDYREPPWS (SEQ ID NO: 4), or a portion thereof.
- the TMEM16A binding molecules are human or humanized antibodies, antibody fragments, and antibody drug conjugates ("ADC").
- ADC antibody drug conjugates
- the present invention further provides an antigenic peptide comprising or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO:3) or RYKDYREPPWS (SEQ ID NO:4), and uses thereof.
- the present invention provides TMEM16A binding molecules comprising an antigen binding portion of an antibody that specifically binds to TMEM 16A, wherein the antigen binding portion binds to (1) a peptide comprising or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO:3); and (2) ECD2 of TMEME16A comprising SEQ ID NO: 3.
- the present invention provides TMEM16A binding molecules comprising an antigen binding portion of an antibody that specifically binds to TMEM 16A, wherein the antigen binding portion binds to (1) a peptide comprising or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to RYKDYREPPWS (SEQ ID NO:4); and (2) ECD3 of TMEME16A comprising SEQ ID NO: 4
- the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention specifically bind to an epitope on TMEM16A that comprises or consists of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO:3), or a portion thereof.
- the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention specifically bind to an epitope on TMEM16A that comprises or consists of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to RYKDYREPPWS (SEQ ID NO:4), or a portion thereof
- the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention comprise a Fab fragment, an Fab' fragment, an F(ab') 2 , or an Fv fragment of an antibody.
- the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention are a diabody or multivalent antibody comprising at least one antigen binding fragment that specifically binds to ECD2 or ECD3 of TMEM16A and internalize upon such binding.
- the TMEM16A binding moclecules of the invention are a diabody or multivalent antibody comprising at least one antigen binding fragment that specifically bind to a peptide comprising or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to SEQ ID NO:3 or SEQ ID NO:4.
- the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention are monoclonal antibodies. In some embodiments, the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention are human or humanized monoclonal antibodies. Yet in some embodiments, the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention are chimeric antibodies.
- the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention are antibody drug conjugates, wherein the TMEM16 binding molecules are antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) linked to a therapeutic moiety (e.g., a cytotoxic agent, an anti-cancer agent).
- a therapeutic moiety e.g., a cytotoxic agent, an anti-cancer agent
- the antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) are linked to a therapeutic moiety (e.g., a cytotoxic agent, an anti-cancer agent) via a linker.
- the antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) are directly linked to a therapeutic moiety (e.g., a cytotoxic agent, an anti-cancer agent).
- the present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention. [0015] The present invention also provides methods of treating cancer comprising
- the present invention provides a composition comprising a TMEM16A binding molecule of the invention for use in treating cancer in an individual.
- the present invention provides methods of treating cancer that is selected from the group consisting of gastrointestinal cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, tumors of mesenchymal, epithelia, and stromal origin, esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, oral squamous cell carcinoma, cancers of the head and neck, and all cancers containing the 1 lql3 amplification, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a composition comprising therapeutically effective amount of the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention.
- the present invention provides a composition comprising a TMEM16A binding molecule of the invention for use in treating cancer that is selected from the group consisting of gastrointestinal cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, tumors of mesenchymal, epithelia, and stromal origin, esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, oral squamous cell carcinoma, cancers of the head and neck, and all cancers containing the 1 lql3 amplification.
- a TMEM16A binding molecule of the invention is co-administered with one or more other agents.
- a TMEM 16A binding molecule of the invention and a second agent are provided as a mixture.
- a TMEM16A binding molecule of the invention and a second agent are provided in separate formulations.
- an "antibody” refers to a polypeptide of the immunoglobulin family that is capable of noncovalently, reversibly, and in a specific manner binding a corresponding antigen.
- An exemplary antibody structural unit comprises a tetramer. Each tetramer is composed of two identical pairs of polypeptide chains, each pair having one "light” (about 25 kD) and one "heavy" chain (about 50-70 kD), connected through a disulfide bond.
- the recognized immunoglobulin genes include the ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , and ⁇ constant region genes, as well as the myriad immunoglobulin variable region genes. Light chains are classified as either ⁇ or ⁇ .
- Heavy chains are classified as ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , or ⁇ , which in turn define the immunoglobulin classes, IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD, and IgE, respectively.
- the N-terminus of each chain defines a variable region of about 100 to 110 or more amino acids primarily responsible for antigen recognition.
- the terms variable light chain (V L ) and variable heavy chain (V H ) refer to these regions of light and heavy chains respectively.
- an "antibody” encompasses all variations of antibodies that possess a particular binding specifically, e.g., for TMEM16A.
- Antibodies exist as intact immunoglobulins or as a number of well-characterized fragments produced by digestion with various peptidases.
- pepsin digests an antibody below the disulfide linkages in the hinge region to produce F(ab)' 2 , a dimer of Fab' which itself is a light chain joined to V H -C H 1 by a disulfide bond.
- the F(ab)' 2 may be reduced under mild conditions to break the disulfide linkage in the hinge region, thereby converting the F(ab)' 2 dimer into an Fab' monomer.
- the Fab' monomer is essentially Fab with part of the hinge region. Paul, Fundamental Immunology 3d ed. (1993).
- an "antibody fragment” encompasses all variations of antibody fragments that possess a particular binding specifically, e.g., for TMEM16A. Thus, within the scope of this concept are, e.g., single chain antibodies (ScFv), Fab, Fab', and multimeric versions of these fragments (e.g., F(ab') 2 ,).
- an "antibody light chain” or an “antibody heavy chain” as used herein refers to a polypeptide comprising the V L or V H , respectively.
- the endogenous V L is encoded by the gene segments V (variable) and J (junctional), and the endogenous V H by V, D (diversity), and J.
- Each of V L or V H includes the CDRs as well as the framework regions.
- antibody light chains and/or antibody heavy chains may, from time to time, be collectively referred to as "antibody chains.” These terms encompass antibody chains containing mutations that do not disrupt the basic structure of V L or V H , as one skilled in the art will readily recognize.
- antigen binding portion of an antibody refers to one or more fragments of an intact antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to a given antigen (e.g., TEMEM16A). Antigen binding functions of an antibody can be performed by fragments of an intact antibody.
- binding fragments encompassed within the term "antigen binding portion" of an antibody include a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the V L , V H , CL and CHI domains; an F(ab) 2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments (generally one from a heavy chain and one from a light chain) linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; an Fd fragment consisting of the V H and CHI domains; an Fv fragment consisting of the V L and V H domains of a single arm of an antibody; a single domain antibody (dAb) fragment (Ward et al., 1989 Nature 341 :544-546), which consists of a V H domain; and an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR).
- Fab fragment a monovalent fragment consisting of the V L , V H , CL and CHI domains
- an F(ab) 2 fragment a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments (generally one from a heavy chain and one
- an "antigen-binding portion" of a TMEM16A binding molecule refers to the portion of a TMEM16A binding molecule that is responsible for the specific binding between the molecule and TMEM16A. There are at least one such antigen binding portion present in each TMEM16A binding molecule of the invention, and each of the antigen binding portion may be identical or different from the others.
- TMEM16A binding molecule refers to any molecule
- TMEM16A TMEM16A
- the two domains of the Fv fragment, V L and V H are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by an artificial peptide linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the V L and V H regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see, e.g., Bird et ah, 1988 Science 242:423-426; and Huston et al, 1988 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 85:5879-5883).
- Such single chain antibodies include one or more "antigen binding portions" of an antibody. These antibody fragments are obtained using conventional techniques known to those of skill in the art, and the fragments are screened for utility in the same manner as are intact antibodies.
- Antigen binding portions can also be incorporated into single domain antibodies, maxibodies, minibodies, intrabodies, diabodies, triabodies, tetrabodies, v-NAR and bis-scFv (see, e.g., Hollinger and Hudson, 2005, Nature Biotechnology, 23, 9, 1 126-1136).
- Antigen binding portions of antibodies can be grafted into scaffolds based on polypeptides such as Fibronectin type III (Fn3) (see U.S. Pat. No. 6,703,199, which describes fibronectin polypeptide mo nobodies).
- Fn3 Fibronectin type III
- Antigen binding portions can be incorporated into single chain molecules comprising a pair of tandem Fv segments (V H -CHI- V H -CHI) which, together with complementary light chain polypeptides, form a pair of antigen binding regions (Zapata et al., 1995 Protein Eng. 8(10): 1057-1062; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,641 ,870).
- V H -CHI- V H -CHI tandem Fv segments
- CDRs complementary-determining regions
- CDRl-3 There are three CDRs (CDRl-3, numbered sequentially from the N-terminus) in each human VL or VR, constituting about 15-20% of the variable domains.
- the CDRs are structurally complementary to the epitope of the target protein and are thus directly responsible for the binding specificity.
- the positions of the CDRs and framework regions can be determined using various well known definitions in the art, e.g., Kabat, Chothia, international ImMunoGeneTics database (IMGT) (on the worldwide web at imgt.cines.fr/), and AbM (see, e.g., Johnson et ah, Nucleic Acids Res., 29:205-206 (2001); Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol, 196:901-917 (1987); Chothia et ah, Nature, 342:877-883 (1989); Chothia et ah, J. Mol.
- IMGT international ImMunoGeneTics database
- binding specificity determinant or “BSD” interchangeably refer to the minimum contiguous or non-contiguous amino acid sequence within a complementary determining region necessary for determining the binding specificity of an antibody.
- a minimum binding specificity determinant can be within one or more CDR sequences. In some embodiments, the minimum binding specificity determinants reside within (i.e., are determined solely by) a portion or the full-length of the CDR3 sequences of the heavy and light chains of the antibody.
- a "chimeric antibody” is an antibody molecule in which (a) the constant region, or a portion thereof, is altered, replaced or exchanged so that the antigen binding site (variable region) is linked to a constant region of a different or altered class, effector function and/or species, or an entirely different molecule which confers new properties to the chimeric antibody, e.g., an enzyme, toxin, hormone, growth factor, and drug; or (b) the variable region, or a portion thereof, is altered, replaced or exchanged with a variable region having a different or altered antigen specificity.
- a mouse anti-TMEM16A antibody can be modified by replacing its constant region with the constant region from a human immunoglobulin. Due to the replacement with a human constant region, the chimeric antibody can retain its specificity in recognizing human TMEM16A while having reduced antigenicity in a human patient as compared to the original mouse antibody.
- Antibodies or antigen-binding molecules of the invention further includes one or more immunoglobulin chains that are chemically linked to, or expressed as, fusion proteins with other proteins. It also includes bispecific antibody.
- a bispecific or bifunctional antibody is an artificial hybrid antibody having two different heavy/light chain pairs and two different binding sites.
- Other antigen-binding fragments or antibody portions of the invention include bivalent scFv (diabody), bispecific scFv antibodies where the antibody molecule recognizes two different epitopes, single binding domains (dAbs), and minibodies.
- the various antibodies or antigen-binding fragments described herein can be produced by enzymatic or chemical modification of the intact antibodies, or synthesized de novo using recombinant DNA methodologies (e.g., single chain Fv), or identified using phage display libraries (see, e.g., McCafferty et al., Nature 348:552-554, 1990).
- minibodies can be generated using methods described in the art, e.g., Vaughan and Sollazzo, Comb Chem High Throughput Screen. 4:417-30 2001.
- Bispecific antibodies can be produced by a variety of methods including fusion of hybridomas or linking of Fab' fragments. See, e.g., Songsivilai & Lachmann, Clin.
- Single chain antibodies can be identified using phage display libraries or ribosome display libraries, gene shuffled libraries. Such libraries can be constructed from synthetic, semisynthetic or native and immunocompetent sources.
- variable region or "V-region” interchangeably refer to a heavy or light chain comprising FR1-CDR1-FR2-CDR2-FR3-CDR3-FR4.
- An endogenous variable region is encoded by immunoglobulin heavy chain V-D-J genes or light chain V-J genes.
- a V-region can be naturally occurring, recombinant or synthetic.
- variable segment or “V-segment” interchangeably refer to a subsequence of the variable region including FR1-CDR1-FR2-CDR2-FR3.
- An endogenous V-segment is encoded by an immunoglobulin V-gene.
- a V-segment can be naturally occurring, recombinant or synthetic.
- J-segment refers to a subsequence of the variable region encoded comprising a C-terminal portion of a CDR3 and the FR4.
- An endogenous J-segment is encoded by an immunoglobulin J-gene.
- a J-segment can be naturally occurring, recombinant or synthetic.
- a "humanized” antibody is an antibody that retains the reactivity of a non-human antibody while being less immunogenic in humans. This can be achieved, for instance, by retaining the non-human CDR regions and replacing the remaining parts of the antibody with their human counterparts. See, e.g., Morrison et ah, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81 :6851-6855 (1984); Morrison and Oi, Adv. Immunol, 44:65-92 (1988); Verhoeyen et ah, Science, 239: 1534- 1536 (1988); Padlan, Molec. Immun., 28:489-498 (1991); Padlan, Molec. Immun., 31(3): 169-217 (1994).
- a humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a source which is non-human. These non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as import residues, which are typically taken from an import variable domain. Humanization can be essentially performed following the method of Winter and co-workers (see, e.g., Jones et ah, Nature
- humanized antibodies are chimeric antibodies (U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567), wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species.
- humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some complementary determining region ("CDR") residues and possibly some framework ("FR") residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
- CDR complementary determining region
- FR framework
- corresponding human germline sequence refers to the nucleic acid sequence encoding a human variable region amino acid sequence or subsequence that shares the highest determined amino acid sequence identity with a reference variable region amino acid sequence or subsequence in comparison to all other all other known variable region amino acid sequences encoded by human germline immunoglobulin variable region sequences.
- the corresponding human germline sequence can also refer to the human variable region amino acid sequence or subsequence with the highest amino acid sequence identity with a reference variable region amino acid sequence or subsequence in comparison to all other evaluated variable region amino acid sequences.
- the corresponding human germline sequence can be framework regions only, complementary determining regions only, framework and complementary determining regions, a variable segment (as defined above), or other combinations of sequences or subsequences that comprise a variable region. Sequence identity can be determined using the methods described herein, for example, aligning two sequences using BLAST, ALIGN, or another alignment algorithm known in the art.
- the corresponding human germline nucleic acid or amino acid sequence can have at least about 90%, 92%, 94%, 96%, 98%, 99% sequence identity with the reference variable region nucleic acid or amino acid sequence.
- Corresponding human germline sequences can be determined, for example, through the publicly available international
- ImMunoGeneTics database (IMGT) (on the worldwide web at imgt.cines.fr/) and V-base (on the worldwide web at vbase.mrc-cpe.cam.ac.uk).
- IMGT ImMunoGeneTics database
- V-base on the worldwide web at vbase.mrc-cpe.cam.ac.uk.
- a biological sample e.g., a blood, serum, plasma or tissue sample.
- the antibodies or binding molecules with a particular binding specificity bind to a particular antigen at least two times the background and do not substantially bind in a significant amount to other antigens present in the sample.
- Specific binding to an antibody or binding molecule under such conditions may require the antibody or molecule to have been selected for its specificity for a particular protein.
- a variety of immunoassay formats may be used to select antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a particular protein.
- solid-phase ELISA immunoassays are routinely used to select antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a protein (see, e.g., Harlow & Lane, Using Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual (1998), for a description of immunoassay formats and conditions that can be used to determine specific immuno reactivity).
- a specific or selective binding reaction will produce a signal at least twice over the background signal and more typically at least than 10 to 100 times over the background.
- Equilibrium dissociation constant refers to the dissociation rate constant (k d , time "1 ) divided by the association rate constant (k a , time "1 , M “1 ). Equilibrium dissociation constants can be measured using any known method in the art.
- the antibodies of the present invention generally will have an equilibrium dissociation constant of less than about 10 "7 or 10 "8 M, for example, less than about 10 "9 M or 10 "10 M, in some embodiments, less than about 10 "11 M, 10 "12 M or 10 "13 M.
- epitope refers to a site on an antigen to which a TMEM16A binding molecule of the invention specifically binds.
- Epitopes can be formed both from contiguous amino acids or noncontiguous amino acids juxtaposed by tertiary folding of a protein. Epitopes formed from contiguous amino acids are typically retained on exposure to denaturing solvents, whereas epitopes formed by tertiary folding are typically lost on treatment with denaturing solvents.
- An epitope typically includes at least 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 , 12, 13, 14 or 15 amino acids in a unique spatial conformation.
- Methods of determining spatial conformation of epitopes include techniques in the art and those described herein, for example, x-ray crystallography and 2-dimensional nuclear magnetic resonance (see, e.g., Epitope Mapping Protocols in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 66, G. E. Morris, Ed. (1996)).
- TMEM16A refers to a calcium activated chloride channel belongs to the anoctamin/TEME 16 family of membrane proteins. TMEM16 family has ten currently known members. TMEM16A and TEMEM16B are the most homologous. TMEM16A pore forming region is highly conserved across the family. TMEM16A is expressed at high levels on certain cancer cells, such as gastrointestinal tract and head and neck cancers.
- the TMEM16A has four known splice variants named a, b, c. and d (see Table 1). Functional TMEM16A can be one of the following combinations of the splice variants: ac, abc, acd, or the abed isoform.
- TMEM16A sequences in some other species are also known.
- mouse TMEM16A M_178642, NP_848757, Gene ID 101772
- rat TMEM16A NM_001 107564, NP_848757, Gene ID 309135
- a TMEM16A protein has eight transmembrane segments and cytosolic amino- and carboxy termini.
- TMEM16A also encompasses proteins that are a calcium activated chloride channel and have over its full length at least about 90%, 91 %, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: l describe in Table 1 below.
- a TMEM16A nucleic acid sequence has over its full length at least about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity with the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 described in Table 1 below.
- Activity of a protein of the invention refers to structural, regulatory, or biochemical functions of a protein in its native cell or tissue.
- Examples of activity of a polypeptide include both direct activities and indirect activities.
- Exemplary activities of TMEM16A include its role as a calcium activated chloride channel in normal epithelia cells, its robust overexpression in gastrointestinal stromal tumors, and its localization in the 1 lql3 amplicon present in esophagus squamous cell carcinomas.
- antagonists of TMEM16A e.g., antagonistic anti- TMEM16A antibodies confer antitumor responses in vivo.
- nucleic acid or protein when applied to a nucleic acid or protein, denotes that the nucleic acid or protein is essentially free of other cellular components with which it is associated in the natural state. It is preferably in a homogeneous state. It can be in either a dry or aqueous solution. Purity and homogeneity are typically determined using analytical chemistry techniques such as polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis or high performance liquid chromatography. A protein that is the predominant species present in a preparation is substantially purified. In particular, an isolated gene is separated from open reading frames that flank the gene and encode a protein other than the gene of interest. The term "purified" denotes that a nucleic acid or protein gives rise to essentially one band in an electrophoretic gel.
- nucleic acid or protein is at least 85% pure, more preferably at least 95% pure, and most preferably at least 99% pure.
- nucleic acid or polynucleotide refers to deoxyribonucleic acids (DNA) or ribonucleic acids (R A) and polymers thereof in either single- or double-stranded form. Unless specifically limited, the term encompasses nucleic acids containing known analogues of natural nucleotides that have similar binding properties as the reference nucleic acid and are metabolized in a manner similar to naturally occurring nucleotides.
- nucleic acid sequence also implicitly encompasses conservatively modified variants thereof (e.g., degenerate codon substitutions), alleles, orthologs, SNPs, and complementary sequences as well as the sequence explicitly indicated.
- degenerate codon substitutions may be achieved by generating sequences in which the third position of one or more selected (or all) codons is substituted with mixed-base and/or deoxyinosine residues (Batzer et ah, Nucleic Acid Res. 19:5081 (1991); Ohtsuka et ah, J. Biol. Chem. 260:2605-2608 (1985); and Rossolini et ah, Mol. Cell. Probes 8:91 -98 (1994)).
- polypeptide As used interchangeably herein to refer to a polymer of amino acid residues. The terms apply to amino acid polymers in which one or more amino acid residue is an artificial chemical mimetic of a corresponding naturally occurring amino acid, as well as to naturally occurring amino acid polymers and non-naturally occurring amino acid polymer.
- amino acid refers to naturally occurring and synthetic amino acids, as well as amino acid analogs and amino acid mimetics that function in a manner similar to the naturally occurring amino acids.
- Naturally occurring amino acids are those encoded by the genetic code, as well as those amino acids that are later modified, e.g., hydroxyproline, ⁇ -carboxyglutamate, and O-phosphoserine.
- Amino acid analogs refer to compounds that have the same basic chemical structure as a naturally occurring amino acid, i.e., an a-carbon that is bound to a hydrogen, a carboxyl group, an amino group, and an R group, e.g., homoserine, norleucine, methionine sulfoxide, methionine methyl sulfonium. Such analogs have modified R groups
- Amino acid mimetics refers to chemical compounds that have a structure that is different from the general chemical structure of an amino acid, but that functions in a manner similar to a naturally occurring amino acid.
- Constantly modified variants applies to both amino acid and nucleic acid sequences. With respect to particular nucleic acid sequences, conservatively modified variants refers to those nucleic acids which encode identical or essentially identical amino acid sequences, or where the nucleic acid does not encode an amino acid sequence, to essentially identical sequences.
- nucleic acid variations are "silent variations," which are one species of conservatively modified variations. Every nucleic acid sequence herein which encodes a polypeptide also describes every possible silent variation of the nucleic acid.
- each codon in a nucleic acid can be modified to yield a functionally identical molecule. Accordingly, each silent variation of a nucleic acid that encodes a polypeptide is implicit in each described sequence.
- amino acid sequences one of skill will recognize that individual substitutions, deletions or additions to a nucleic acid, peptide, polypeptide, or protein sequence which alters, adds or deletes a single amino acid or a small percentage of amino acids in the encoded sequence is a "conservatively modified variant" where the alteration results in the substitution of an amino acid with a chemically similar amino acid. Conservative substitution tables providing functionally similar amino acids are well known in the art. Such conservatively modified variants are in addition to and do not exclude polymorphic variants, interspecies homologs, and alleles of the invention.
- Percentage of sequence identity is determined by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over a comparison window, wherein the portion of the polynucleotide sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) as compared to the reference sequence (e.g. , a polypeptide of the invention), which does not comprise additions or deletions, for optimal alignment of the two sequences.
- the percentage is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base or amino acid residue occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity.
- nucleic acids or polypeptide sequences refer to two or more sequences or subsequences that are the same sequences.
- Two sequences are “substantially identical” if two sequences have a specified percentage of amino acid residues or nucleotides that are the same (i.e., 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% sequence identity over a specified region, or, when not specified, over the entire sequence of a reference sequence), when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence over a comparison window, or designated region as measured using one of the following sequence comparison algorithms or by manual alignment and visual inspection.
- the identity exists over a region that is at least about 15, 25 or 50 nucleotides in length, or more preferably over a region that is 100 to 500 or 1000 or more nucleotides in length, or over the full length of the reference sequence.
- identity or substantial identity can exist over a region that is at least 5, 10, 15 or 20 amino acids in length, optionally at least about 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 75 or 100 amino acids in length, optionally at least about 150, 200 or 250 amino acids in length, or over the full length of the reference sequence.
- sequence comparison typically one sequence acts as a reference sequence, to which test sequences are compared.
- test and reference sequences are entered into a computer, subsequence coordinates are designated, if necessary, and sequence algorithm program parameters are designated. Default program parameters can be used, or alternative parameters can be designated.
- sequence comparison algorithm then calculates the percent sequence identities for the test sequences relative to the reference sequence, based on the program parameters.
- a “comparison window”, as used herein, includes reference to a segment of any one of the number of contiguous positions selected from the group consisting of from 20 to 600, usually about 50 to about 200, more usually about 100 to about 150 in which a sequence may be compared to a reference sequence of the same number of contiguous positions after the two sequences are optimally aligned.
- Methods of alignment of sequences for comparison are well known in the art.
- Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison can be conducted, e.g., by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman (1970) Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482c, by the homology alignment algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch (1970) J. Mol. Biol.
- BLAST and BLAST 2.0 algorithms Two examples of algorithms that are suitable for determining percent sequence identity and sequence similarity are the BLAST and BLAST 2.0 algorithms, which are described in Altschul et al. (1977) Nuc. Acids Res. 25:3389-3402, and Altschul et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410, respectively.
- Software for performing BLAST analyses is publicly available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information. This algorithm involves first identifying high scoring sequence pairs (HSPs) by identifying short words of length W in the query sequence, which either match or satisfy some positive -valued threshold score T when aligned with a word of the same length in a database sequence. T is referred to as the
- neighborhood word score threshold (Altschul et al , supra). These initial neighborhood word hits act as seeds for initiating searches to find longer HSPs containing them. The word hits are extended in both directions along each sequence for as far as the cumulative alignment score can be increased. Cumulative scores are calculated using, for nucleotide sequences, the parameters M (reward score for a pair of matching residues; always > 0) and N (penalty score for mismatching residues; always ⁇ 0). For amino acid sequences, a scoring matrix is used to calculate the cumulative score.
- Extension of the word hits in each direction are halted when: the cumulative alignment score falls off by the quantity X from its maximum achieved value; the cumulative score goes to zero or below, due to the accumulation of one or more negative-scoring residue alignments; or the end of either sequence is reached.
- the BLAST algorithm parameters W, T, and X determine the sensitivity and speed of the alignment.
- the BLAST algorithm also performs a statistical analysis of the similarity between two sequences (see, e.g., Karlin and Altschul (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:5873-5787).
- One measure of similarity provided by the BLAST algorithm is the smallest sum probability (P( )), which provides an indication of the probability by which a match between two nucleotide or amino acid sequences would occur by chance.
- P( ) the smallest sum probability
- a nucleic acid is considered similar to a reference sequence if the smallest sum probability in a comparison of the test nucleic acid to the reference nucleic acid is less than about 0.2, more preferably less than about 0.01 , and most preferably less than about 0.001.
- nucleic acid sequences or polypeptides are substantially identical is that the polypeptide encoded by the first nucleic acid is immunologically cross reactive with the antibodies raised against the polypeptide encoded by the second nucleic acid, as described below.
- a polypeptide is typically substantially identical to a second polypeptide, for example, where the two peptides differ only by conservative substitutions.
- Another indication that two nucleic acid sequences are substantially identical is that the two molecules or their complements hybridize to each other under stringent conditions, as described below.
- Yet another indication that two nucleic acid sequences are substantially identical is that the same primers can be used to amplify the sequence.
- cytotoxic agent refers to a substance that inhibits or prevents the function of cells and/or causes destruction of cells.
- a cytotoxic agent can be, but not limited to, chemotherapeutic agents, toxins such as small molecule toxins or enzymatically active toxins of bacterial, fungal, plant or animal origin, including synthetic analogs and derivatives thereof, and radioactive isotopes (e.g., 211 At, 131 I, 125 I, 90 Y, 186 Re, 188 Re, 153 Sm, 212 Bi, 32 P, 60 C, and radioactive isotopes of Lu).
- anti-cancer agent refers to any agent that can be used to treat a cell proliferative disorder such as cancer, including but not limited to, cytotoxic agents, chemotherapeutic agents, radiotherapy and radiotherapeutic agents, targeted anti-cancer agents, and immunotherapeutic agents.
- link when used in the context of describing how the antigen-binding portion are connected within a TMEM16A binding molecule of this invention, encompasses all possible means for physically joining the regions.
- a antigen-binding portion of a TMEM1A binding molecule of the invention and other portions of the molecule are frequently joined by chemical bonds such as a covalent bond (e.g.
- a peptide bond or a disulfide bond or a non-covalent bond, which can be either a direct bond (i.e., without a linker) or indirect bond (i.e., with the aid of at least one linker molecule between the antigen binding portion and the other portion, such as a cytotoxic agent).
- the terms "subject,” “patient,” and “individual” interchangeably refer to a mammal, for example, a human or a non-human primate mammal.
- the mammal can also be a laboratory mammal, e.g., mouse, rat, rabbit, hamster.
- the mammal can be an agricultural mammal (e.g., equine, ovine, bovine, porcine, camelid) or domestic mammal (e.g., canine, feline).
- beneficial or desired clinical results include, but are not limited to, alleviation of symptoms, diminishment of extent of disease, stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of disease, delay or slowing of disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state, and remission (whether partial or total), whether detectable or undetectable.
- Treatment can also mean prolonging survival as compared to expected survival if not receiving treatment.
- terapéuticaally acceptable amount or “therapeutically effective dose” interchangeably refer to an amount sufficient to effect the desired result (i.e., a reduction in tumor size, inhibition of tumor growth). In some embodiments, a therapeutically acceptable amount does not induce or cause undesirable side effects. A therapeutically acceptable amount can be determined by first administering a low dose, and then incrementally increasing that dose until the desired effect is achieved. A "therapeutically effective dosage" of a TMEM16A binding molecule of the invention can prevent the onset of, or result in a decrease in severity of, respectively, disease symptoms, including symptoms associated with cancer.
- co-administer refers to the simultaneous presence of two active agents in the blood of an individual. Active agents that are co-administered can be concurrently or sequentially delivered.
- the phrase “consisting essentially of” refers to the genera or species of active pharmaceutical agents included in a method or composition, as well as any excipients inactive for the intended purpose of the methods or compositions. In some embodiments, the phrase “consisting essentially of expressly excludes the inclusion of one or more additional active agents other than an anti-TMEM16A antibody (or fragments thereof, antibody drug conjugates thereof) of the invention. In some embodiments, the phrase “consisting essentially of expressly excludes the inclusion of one or more additional active agents other than an anti- TMEM16A antibody (or fragments thereof, antibody drug conjugates thereof) of the invention and a second co-administered agent.
- cancer-associated antigen or “tumor-associated antigen” or “tumor-specific marker” or “tumor marker” interchangeably refers to a molecule (typically protein, carbohydrate or lipid) that is preferentially expressed on the surface of a cancer cell in comparison to a normal cell, and which is useful for the preferential targeting of a molecule (typically protein, carbohydrate or lipid) that is preferentially expressed on the surface of a cancer cell in comparison to a normal cell, and which is useful for the preferential targeting of a
- a cancer-associated antigen is a cell surface molecule that is overexpressed in a cancer cell in comparison to a normal cell, for instance, 1-fold over expression, 2-fold overexpression, 3-fold overexpression or more in comparison to a normal cell.
- a cancer-associated antigen is a cell surface molecule that is inappropriately synthesized in the cancer cell, for instance, a molecule that contains deletions, additions or mutations in comparison to the molecule expressed on a normal cell.
- a cancer-associated antigen will be expressed exclusively on the cell surface of a cancer cell and not synthesized or expressed on the surface of a normal cell.
- Exemplified cell surface tumor markers include the proteins c-erbB-2 and human epidermal growth factor receptor (HER) for breast cancer, PSMA for prostate cancer, and carbohydrate mucins in numerous cancers, including breast, ovarian and colorectal.
- HER human epidermal growth factor receptor
- FIG. 1 Shows human TMEM16A topology. Peptide sequence and localization of the 5E2D1 TMEM16A antibody binding region on the ECD2, and peptide sequence and localization of the 12E1 1 TMEM16A antibody binding region on the ECD3, are shown respectively.
- FIG. 2 shows representative images from Pantomics tissue array. Images show staining of formalin fixed paraffin embedded tissues incubated with SP-31 ab64085 (a rabbit antibody against human TMEM16A).
- SP-31 ab64085 a rabbit antibody against human TMEM16A.
- A normal spleen;
- B normal breast;
- C normal testes;
- D normal stomach;
- E normal small intestine;
- F normal heart;
- G malignant stromal tumor stomach;
- H malignant stromal tumor small intestine; and
- I normal liver.
- FIG. 3 shows cell surface localization of endogenous TMEM16A in GIST882 cells.
- FIG. 4a shows cell surface localization of over-expressed TMEM16A in Hela cells.
- Hela stable cell lines were generated expressing either (A) pCMV6-AC-GFP vector only; or 4a
- FIG.4b HEK293 stable cell lines were generated expressing either pCMV6-AC-GFP vector only (A) or pCMV6-AC-TMEM16A- GFP (B). Cell lines were imaged using a fluorescence microscope and GFP expression measured. Expression of the vector only was seen in the cytoplasm of stable cells, TMEM16A is restricted to the plasma membrane of the stable cell line cells. Cells imaged at 60x magnification. 12E1 1 binding to HEK293 stable cell lines was measured using flow cytometry in vector only
- FIG. 5 shows internalization of TMEM16A following 5E2D1 binding in GIST882 cells. 5E2D1 reacts strongly to GIST882 cells in flow cytometry assays.
- A shows the raw flow cytometry data. The median fluorescence intensities were calculated and are shown graphed (B).
- FIG.5 shows 12E1 1 binding to HEK293-TMEM16A cells in flow cytometry assays. The graph shows the median fluorescence intensity flow cytometry data.
- FIG. 6 shows effect of Saporin and antibody conjugated Saporin on GIST882 cells.
- A demonstrates cell killing in the presence of free Saporin.
- B shows the effects of antibody Saporin with different primary antibodies.
- C shows the effects of isotype control (filled triangle) or 5E2D1 (filled square) incubated with control goat- zap antibody conjugated Saporin.
- D Hek293-TMEM16A cells were seeded at 5000 cells per well into a 96 well white walled plate. After 24 h 12E1 1 was titrated out in 10 fold serial dilutions into a species specific anti-rat secondary antibody coupled to saporin or non-specifc goat-zap control.
- Secondary antibody concentrations were normalized to lOOng per well throughout. Primary antibody concentration top doses started at ⁇ . Antibody was spiked onto the cells at lOx final and cells harvested in a CTG assay 72h later. 12E1 1 killing was observed only in the presence of specific secondary antibody.
- FIG. 7 shows SP31 ab64085 recognizes a different epitope within ECD2 of
- TMEM16A as compared to 5E2D1.
- the present invention provides molecules that bind to TMEM16A ("TMEM 16 A binding molecules"), particularly human or humanized antibodies, antibody fragments, and antibody drug conjugates (ADCs) that bind to TMEM16A and modulate its functions.
- TMEM 16 A binding molecules particularly human or humanized antibodies, antibody fragments, and antibody drug conjugates (ADCs) that bind to TMEM16A and modulate its functions.
- ADCs antibody drug conjugates
- the TMEM16A binding molecules (e.g., antibodies, antibody fragments, and antibody drag conjugates) of the present invention find uses in diagnosis and treatment of cancer, e.g., gastrointestinal cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, tumors of mesenchymal, epithelia, and stromal origin, esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, oral squamous cell carcinoma, cancers of the head and neck, and all other cancers containing the 11 ql 3 amplification; as well as in diagnosis and treatment of other diseases, such as infections, inflammatory or immunological diseases.
- cancer e.g., gastrointestinal cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, tumors of mesenchymal, epithelia, and stromal origin, esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, oral squamous cell carcinoma, cancers of the head and neck, and all other cancers containing the 11 ql 3 amplification
- other diseases such as infections, inflammatory or immunological diseases.
- SEQ ID NO: 1 amino acid sequence
- SEQ ID NO:2 nucleic acid sequence
- the TMEM16A has four known splice variants named a, b, c. and d.
- Functional TMEM16A can be one of the following combinations of the splice variants: ac, abc, acd, or the abed isoform.
- the sequences corresponding to the four splice variants a, b, c, and d are underlined in Table 1.
- the position of the four segments is the following: (a) amino acids 1 - 116; (b) amino acids 268 - 289; (c) amino acids 470 - 473; and (d) amino acids 498 - 523. These four segments are predicted to be exposed to the cytosol.
- the open reading frame of the gene is defined by position 306-3332 of SEQ ID NO:2 in Table 1 , which encodes a 1008 long amino acid sequence (TMEM 16 A with all four splice variants abed).
- the present invention is based, in part, on the discovery that certain antibodies or antigen binding fragments thereof are capable of internalization upon binding to the ECD2 or ECD3 domain of TMEM 16 A. Accordingly, the present invention provides molecules, particularly human or humanized antibodies, antibody fragments, and antibody drug conjugates, that bind to human TMEM16A extracellular domain 2 or 3 (ECD2 or ECD3) and internalize into the cell upon such binding.
- ECD2 or ECD3 extracellular domain 2 or 3
- the present invention provides molecules, particularly human or humanized antibodies, antibody fragments, and antibody drug conjugates, that specifically bind to (1) a peptide comprising or consisting of amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO: 3); and (2) ECD2 of human TMEM 16 A.
- ECD2 as the binding site has several advantages, for example, there is only one cysteine with unknown bridging pattern to other loop and no potential glycosylation site; ECD2 is also in proximity to the active site of the channel and antigen binding molecules binding to this region are likely to disrupt and/or block the channel function; and finally, this region is least similar to other TMEM 16 family members and not likely to cross react.
- the present invention provides molecules, particularly human or humanized antibodies, antibody fragments, and antibody drug conjugates, that specifically bind to (1) a peptide comprising or consisting of amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to RYKDYREPPWS (SEQ ID NO:4); and (2) ECD3 of human TMEM16A. Binding to this epitope region with an antibody induces internalization of TMEM16A suggesting it is an optimal site for therapeutic antibody generation as it will impede TMEM16A activity and result in an inhibition of tumor cell growth.
- TMEM16A binding antibodies (and fragments thereof) of the invention can internalize and thus ideal candidates for using as antibody drug conjugates (e.g., link to a cytotoxic agent or other type of payload) to treat cancer.
- antibody drug conjugates e.g., link to a cytotoxic agent or other type of payload
- the present invention provides TMEM16A binding antibodies, antibody fragments, and antibody drug conjugates that can be used for treating cancer, infections, and inflammatory or immunological diseases.
- the TMEM16A binding antibodies (or fragments thereof) of the invention are non-human antibodies, e.g., mouse antibodies (or fragments thereof).
- the TMEM16A binding antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) of the invention are human or humanized antibodies (or fragments thereof).
- the antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) of the invention can bind to TMEM16A and inhibit one or more of its activities (antagonist antibody).
- the antibodies (or fragments thereof) of the invention can bind to TMEM16A and enhance one or more of its activities (agonist antibody).
- the antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) of the invention are capable of binding to TMEM16A, but do not affect its activities. All types of antibodies can be used in the antibody drug conjugates context.
- the present invention provides an antibody (or antigen binding fragment thereof) that specifically binds to ECD2 of TMEM16A and internalize upon such binding.
- the present invention provides an antibody (or antigen binding fragment thereof) that specifically binds to (1) a peptide comprising or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO: 3); and (2) ECD2 of human TMEM16A.
- the present invention provides an antibody (or antigen binding fragment thereof) that specifically binds to ECD3 of TMEM16A and internalize upon such binding.
- the present invention provides an antibody (or antigen binding fragment thereof) that specifically binds to (1) a peptide comprising or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to RYKDYREPPWS (SEQ ID NO: 4); and (2) ECD3 of human TMEM16A.
- the present invention provides an antibody (or an antigen binding fragment thereof) that specifically binds to an epitope of human TMEM16A comprising or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO: 3), or a portion thereof.
- the antibodies of the invention specifically bind to an epitope on ECD2 of TMEM16A that comprises or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO: 3), or a portion thereof.
- such antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) are human antibodies.
- such antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) are humanized antibodies.
- the present invention provides an antibody (or an antigen binding fragment thereof) that specifically binds to an epitope of human TMEM16A comprising or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to RYKDYREPPWS (SEQ ID NO: 4), or a portion thereof.
- the antibodies of the invention specifically bind to an epitope on ECD3 of TMEM16A that comprises or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to RYKDYREPPWS (SEQ ID NO: 4), or a portion thereof.
- such antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) are human antibodies.
- such antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) are humanized antibodies.
- the antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) of the invention internalize into a cell upon binding to TMEM 16A, and thus are good candidates for antibody drug conjugates (ADCs).
- the present invention provides a mouse antibody, or an antigen biding fragment thereof, that binds to TMEM16A ECD2, and generated by using
- the present invention provides a humanized version of the mouse antibody (or antigen binding fragment thereof).
- the present invention provides a mouse antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that binds TMEM16A ECD3, and comprises heavy chain CDRl of SEQ ID NO:8, CDR2 of SEQ ID NO:9, CDR3 of SEQ ID NO: 10, and light chain CDRl of SEQ ID NO: l 1 , CDR2 of SEQ ID NO: 12, and CDR3 of SEQ ID NO: 13.
- the present invention provides a humanized version of the mouse antibody or antigen binding fragment described herein.
- the anti-TMEM16A antibodies of the invention contain a minimum binding sequence determinant (BSD) within the CDR3 of the heavy and light chains derived from the originating or reference monoclonal antibody (e.g., the mouse antibody described above).
- BSD minimum binding sequence determinant
- the remaining sequences of the heavy chain and light chain variable regions (CDR and FR), e.g., V-segment and J-segment, are from corresponding human germline and affinity matured amino acid sequences.
- the V-segments can be selected from a human V- segment library. Further sequence refinement can be accomplished by affinity maturation.
- the heavy and light chains of the anti-TMEM16A antibodies contain a human V-segment from the corresponding human germline sequence (FR1-CDR1 - FR2-CDR2-FR3), e.g., selected from a human V-segment library, and a CDR3-FR4 sequence segment from the originating monoclonal antibody.
- the CDR3-FR4 sequence segment can be further refined by replacing sequence segments with corresponding human germline sequences and/or by affinity maturation.
- the FR4 and/or the CDR3 sequence surrounding the BSD can be replaced with the corresponding human germline sequence, while the BSD from the CDR3 of the originating monoclonal antibody is retained.
- the present invention provides fully human antibodies that specifically bind to a TMEM16A protein (e.g., human TMEM16A). Compared to the chimeric or humanized antibodies, the human TMEM16A-binding antibodies of the invention have further reduced antigenicity when administered to human subjects.
- a TMEM16A protein e.g., human TMEM16A
- the human TMEM16A-binding antibodies of the invention have further reduced antigenicity when administered to human subjects.
- the human TMEM16A-binding antibodies can be generated using methods that are known in the art.
- the HumaneeringTM technology used to converting non-human antibodies into engineered human antibodies.
- U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050008625 describes an in vivo method for replacing a nonhuman antibody variable region with a human variable region in an antibody while maintaining the same or providing better binding characteristics relative to that of the nonhuman antibody. The method relies on epitope guided replacement of variable regions of a non-human reference antibody with a fully human antibody. The resulting human antibody is generally unrelated structurally to the reference nonhuman antibody, but binds to the same epitope on the same antigen as the reference antibody.
- the anti-TMEM16A antibodies of the invention are based on engineered human antibodies with V-region sequences having substantial amino acid sequence identity to human germline V region sequences while retaining the specificity and affinity of a reference antibody. See, U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0255552 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2006/0134098, both of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
- the process of improvement identifies minimal sequence information required to determine antigen-binding specificity from the variable region of a reference antibody, and transfers that information to a library of human partial V-region gene sequences to generate an epitope-focused library of human antibody V regions.
- a microbial-based secretion system can be used to express members of the library as antibody Fab fragments and the library is screened for antigen-binding Fabs, for example, using a colony-lift binding assay. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Publication No. 2007/0020685. Positive clones can be further characterized to identify those with the highest affinity.
- the resultant engineered human Fabs retain the binding specificity of the parent, reference anti-TMEM 16A antibody, typically have equivalent or higher affinity for antigen in comparison to the parent antibody, and have V-regions with a high degree of sequence identity compared with human germ-line antibody V-regions.
- the minimum binding specificity determinant (BSD) required to generate the epitope- focused library is typically represented by a sequence within the heavy chain CDR3 ("CDRH3") and a sequence within the light chain of CDR3 ("CDRL3").
- the BSD can comprise a portion or the entire length of a CDR3.
- the BSD can be comprised of contiguous or non-contiguous amino acid residues.
- the epitope-focused library is constructed from human V-segment sequences linked to the unique CDR3-FR4 region from the reference antibody containing the BSD and human germ-line J segment sequences (see, U.S. Patent Publication No.
- the human V segment libraries can be generated by sequential cassette replacement in which only part of the reference antibody V segment is initially replaced by a library of human sequences.
- the identified human "cassettes” supporting binding in the context of residual reference antibody amino acid sequences are then recombined in a second library screen to generate completely human V segments (see, U.S. Patent Publication No. 2006/0134098).
- paired heavy and light chain CDR3 segments, CDR3-FR4 segments, or J segments, containing specificity determinants from the reference antibody are used to constrain the binding specificity so that antigen-binders obtained from the library retain the epitope- specificity of the reference antibody.
- the resulting engineered human antibodies have V-segment sequences derived from the human germ-line libraries, retain the short BSD sequence from within the CDR3 regions and have human germ-line framework 4 (FR4) regions.
- FR4 human germ-line framework 4
- the anti-TMEM 16 A antibodies of the present invention generally will bind TMEM 16 A with an equilibrium dissociation constant (KD) of less than about 10 "8 M or 10 "9 M, for example, less than about 10 "10 M or 10 "11 M, in some embodiments less than about 10 "12 M or 10 "13 M.
- KD equilibrium dissociation constant
- the anti-TMEM 16A antibodies optionally can be multimerized and used according to the methods of this invention.
- the anti-TMEM 16A antibodies can be a full-length tetrameric antibody (i.e., having two light chains and two heavy chains), a single chain antibody (e.g., a scFv), or a molecule comprising antibody fragments that form one or more antigen-binding sites and confer TMEM 16A-binding specificity, e.g. , comprising heavy and light chain variable regions (for instance, Fab' or other similar fragments).
- the present invention provides antibodies that bind to an epitope region comprising or consisting of KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO:3), amino acids 707-719 of ECD2 of TMEM16A, or a portion thereof.
- the present invention provides antibodies that bind to an epitope region comprising or consisting of RYKDYREPP WS (SEQ ID NO:4), amino acids 839-904 of ECD3 of TEMEM16A, or a portion thereof.
- the present invention also provides antibodies that bind to the same epitope as does the TMEM 16 A- binding antibody 5E2D1 or 12E1 1 (or a humanized version thereof).
- Additional antibodies can therefore be identified based on their ability to cross-compete (e.g. , to competitively inhibit the binding of, in a statistically significant manner) with 5E2D1 or 12E1 1 (or a humanized version thereof) in TMEM16A binding assays.
- Competitive inhibition can occur, for example, if the TMEM16A binding molecules bind to identical or structurally similar epitopes (e.g., overlapping epitopes), or spatially proximal epitopes which, when bound, causes steric hindrance between the antibodies.
- test antibody to inhibit the binding of 5E2D1 or 12E1 1 (or a humanized version thereof) to a TMEM16A protein demonstrates that the test antibody can compete with 5E2D1 or 12E1 1 (or a humanized version thereof) for binding to TMEM16A; such an antibody may, according to no n- limiting theory, bind to the same or a related (e.g., a structurally similar or spatially proximal) epitope on the TMEM16A protein as the antibody with which it competes.
- the antibody that binds to the same epitope on TMEM16A as the antibodies of the present invention is a human or humanized monoclonal antibody.
- Such human or humanized monoclonal antibodies can be prepared and isolated as described herein and methods well known in the art.
- Competitive inhibition can be determined using routine assays in which the TMEM16A binding molecule under test inhibits specific binding of a reference TMEM16A binding molecule to a common antigen.
- Numerous types of competitive binding assays are known, for example: solid phase direct or indirect radioimmunoassay (RIA), solid phase direct or indirect enzyme immunoassay (EIA), sandwich competition assay (see Stahli et al., Methods in Enzymology 9:242 (1983)); solid phase direct biotin-avidin EIA (see Kirkland et al., J. Immunol.
- solid phase direct labeled assay solid phase direct labeled sandwich assay (see Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press (1988)); solid phase direct label RIA using 1-125 label (see Morel et al, Mol. Immunol. 25(1):7 (1988)); solid phase direct biotin-avidin EIA (Cheung et al., Virology 176:546 (1990)); and direct labeled RIA.
- such an assay involves the use of purified antigen bound to a solid surface or cells bearing either of these, an unlabeled test TMEM16A binding molecule and a labeled reference TMEM16A binding molecule.
- TMEM16A binding molecule Competitive inhibition is measured by determining the amount of label bound to the solid surface or cells in the presence of the test TMEM16A binding molecule. Usually the test TMEM16A binding molecule is present in excess. Usually, when a competing TMEM16A binding molecule is present in excess, it will inhibit specific binding of a reference TMEM16A binding molecule to a common antigen by at least 50-55%, 55-60%, 60-65%, 65-70% 70-75% or more.
- Other techniques include, for example, epitope mapping methods, such as, x-ray analyses of crystals of antigen: TMEM16A binding molecule complexes which provides atomic resolution of the epitope. Other methods monitor the binding of the TMEM16A binding molecule to antigen fragments or mutated variations of the antigen where loss of binding due to a modification of an amino acid residue within the antigen sequence is often considered an indication of an epitope component.
- computational combinatorial methods for epitope mapping can also be used. These methods rely on the ability of the TMEM16A binding molecule of interest to affinity isolate specific short peptides from combinatorial phage display peptide libraries.
- the peptides are then regarded as leads for the definition of the epitope corresponding to the TMEM 16A binding molecule used to screen the peptide library.
- epitope mapping computational algorithms have also been developed which have been shown to map conformational discontinuous epitopes.
- An antibody of the invention further can be engineered by modifying one or more residues within one or both variable regions (i. e., V H and/or V L ), for example within one or more CDR regions and/or within one or more framework regions. Additionally or alternatively, an antibody can be engineered by modifying residues within the constant region(s), for example to alter the effector function(s) of the antibody.
- V H and/or V L variable regions
- an antibody can be engineered by modifying residues within the constant region(s), for example to alter the effector function(s) of the antibody.
- variable region engineering One type of variable region engineering that can be performed is CDR grafting.
- Antibodies interact with target antigens predominantly through amino acid residues that are located in the six heavy and light chain complementarity determining regions (CDRs). For this reason, the amino acid sequences within CDRs are more diverse between individual antibodies than sequences outside of CDRs. Because CDR sequences are responsible for most antibody- antigen interactions, it is possible to express recombinant antibodies that mimic the properties of a specific antibody by constructing expression vectors that include CDR sequences from the specific antibody grafted onto framework sequences from a different antibody with different properties (see, e.g., Riechmann, L. et ah, 1998 Nature 332:323-327; Jones, P. et ah, 1986 Nature 321 :522-525; Queen, C.
- another embodiment of the invention pertains to an isolated monoclonal antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, that binds to ECD2, or an epitope region comprising or consisting of KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO:3), or a portion thereof such antibodies contain the V H and V L CDR sequences of monoclonal antibodies from one species (e.g., mouse), yet may contain different framework sequences from another species (e.g., human).
- the present invention also provides isolated monoclonal antibodies, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, that binds to ECD3, or an epitope region comprising or consisting of RYKDYREPPWS (SEQ ID NO:4), or a portion thereof such antibodies contain the VH and VL CDR sequences of monoclonal antibodies from one species (e.g., mouse), yet may contain different framework sequences from another species (e.g., human).
- Such framework sequences can be obtained from public DNA databases or published references that include germline antibody gene sequences.
- germline DNA sequences for human heavy and light chain variable region genes can be found in the "VBase" human germline sequence database (available on the Internet at www.mrc- cpe.cam.ac.uk/vbase), as well as in Kabat, E. A., et ah, 1991 Sequences of Proteins of
- framework sequences for use in the antibodies of the invention are those that are structurally similar to the framework sequences used by selected antibodies of the invention, e.g., consensus sequences and/or framework sequences used by monoclonal antibodies of the invention.
- the VH CDRl , 2 and 3 sequences, and the VL CDRl , 2 and 3 sequences can be grafted onto framework regions that have the identical sequence as that found in the germline immunoglobulin gene from which the framework sequence derive, or the CDR sequences can be grafted onto framework regions that contain one or more mutations as compared to the germline sequences.
- the CDR sequences can be grafted onto framework regions that contain one or more mutations as compared to the germline sequences.
- it has been found that in certain instances it is beneficial to mutate residues within the framework regions to maintain or enhance the antigen binding ability of the antibody see e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,530,101 ; 5,585,089; 5,693,762 and 6,180,370 to Queen et al).
- variable region modification is to mutate amino acid residues within the VH and/or VL CDRl , CDR2 and/or CDR3 regions to thereby improve one or more binding properties ⁇ e.g., affinity) of the antibody of interest, known as "affinity maturation.”
- Site-directed mutagenesis or PCR-mediated mutagenesis can be performed to introduce the mutation(s) and the effect on antibody binding, or other functional property of interest, can be evaluated in in vitro or in vivo assays as described herein and provided in the Examples.
- Conservative modifications can be introduced.
- the mutations may be amino acid substitutions, additions or deletions. Moreover, typically no more than one, two, three, four or five residues within a CDR region are altered.
- the constant regions of the anti-TMEM16A antibodies can be any type or subtype, as appropriate, and can be selected to be from the species of the subject to be treated by the present methods (e.g., human, non-human primate or other mammal, for example, agricultural mammal (e.g., equine, ovine, bovine, porcine, camelid), domestic mammal (e.g., canine, feline) or rodent (e.g., rat, mouse, hamster, rabbit).
- the anti-TMEM16A antibodies can be any type or subtype, as appropriate, and can be selected to be from the species of the subject to be treated by the present methods (e.g., human, non-human primate or other mammal, for example, agricultural mammal (e.g., equine, ovine, bovine, porcine, camelid), domestic mammal (e.g., canine, feline) or rodent (e.g., rat, mouse, hamster, rabbit).
- TMEM16A antibodies are humanized or HumaneeredTM.
- the constant region isotype is IgG, for example, IgGl .
- Engineered antibodies of the invention include those in which modifications have been made to framework residues within VH and/or VL, e.g. to improve the properties of the antibody. Typically such framework modifications are made to decrease the immunogenicity of the antibody.
- one approach is to "backmutate" one or more framework residues to the corresponding germline sequence. More specifically, an antibody that has undergone somatic mutation may contain framework residues that differ from the germline sequence from which the antibody is derived. Such residues can be identified by comparing the antibody framework sequences to the germline sequences from which the antibody is derived. To return the framework region sequences to their germline configuration, the somatic mutations can be "backmutated" to the germline sequence by, for example, site-directed mutagenesis. Such "backmutated” antibodies are also intended to be encompassed by the invention.
- Another type of framework modification involves mutating one or more residues within the framework region, or even within one or more CDR regions, to remove T cell -epitopes to thereby reduce the potential immunogenicity of the antibody. This approach is also referred to as "deimmunization" and is described in further detail in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20030153043 by Carr et al.
- antibodies of the invention may be engineered to include modifications within the Fc region, typically to alter one or more functional properties of the antibody, such as serum half-life, complement fixation, Fc receptor binding, and/or antigen-dependent cellular cytotoxicity.
- an antibody of the invention may be chemically modified (e.g., one or more chemical moieties can be attached to the antibody) or be modified to alter its glycosylation, again to alter one or more functional properties of the antibody.
- the hinge region of CHI is modified such that the number of cysteine residues in the hinge region is altered, e.g., increased or decreased.
- This approach is described further in U.S. Patent No. 5,677,425 by Bodmer et al.
- the number of cysteine residues in the hinge region of CHI is altered to, for example, facilitate assembly of the light and heavy chains or to increase or decrease the stability of the antibody.
- the Fc hinge region of an antibody is mutated to decrease the biological half-life of the antibody. More specifically, one or more amino acid mutations are introduced into the CH2-CH3 domain interface region of the Fc-hinge fragment such that the antibody has impaired Staphylococcyl protein A (SpA) binding relative to native Fc-hinge domain SpA binding.
- SpA Staphylococcyl protein A
- the antibody is modified to increase its biological half-life.
- Various approaches are possible. For example, one or more of the following mutations can be introduced: T252L, T254S, T256F, as described in U.S. Patent No. 6,277,375 to Ward.
- the antibody can be altered within the CHI or CL region to contain a salvage receptor binding epitope taken from two loops of a CH2 domain of an Fc region of an IgG, as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,869,046 and 6,121 ,022 by Presta et al.
- the Fc region is altered by replacing at least one amino acid residue with a different amino acid residue to alter the effector functions of the antibody.
- one or more amino acids can be replaced with a different amino acid residue such that the antibody has an altered affinity for an effector ligand but retains the antigen-binding ability of the parent antibody.
- the effector ligand to which affinity is altered can be, for example, an Fc receptor (FcR) or the CI component of complement. This approach is described in further detail in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,624,821 and 5,648,260, both by Winter et al.
- one or more amino acids selected from amino acid residues can be replaced with a different amino acid residue such that the antibody has altered Clq binding and/or reduced or abolished complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC).
- CDC complement dependent cytotoxicity
- Antibodies containing such mutations mediate reduced or no antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC) or complement-dependent cytotoxicity (CDC).
- ADCC antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
- CDC complement-dependent cytotoxicity
- amino acid residues L234 and L235 of the IgGl constant region are substituted to Ala234 and Ala235.
- one or more amino acid residues are altered to thereby alter the ability of the antibody to fix complement. This approach is described further in PCT Publication WO 94/29351 by Bodmer et al.
- the Fc region is modified to increase the ability of the antibody to mediate antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC) and/or to increase the affinity of the antibody for an Fey receptor by modifying one or more amino acids.
- ADCC antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity
- This approach is described further in PCT Publication WO 00/42072 by Presta.
- the binding sites on human IgGl for FcyRl, FcyRII, FcyRIII and FcRn have been mapped and variants with improved binding have been described (see Shields, R.L. et ah, 2001 J. Biol. Chen. 276:6591-6604).
- the glycosylation of an antibody is modified.
- an aglycoslated antibody can be made (i.e., the antibody lacks glycosylation).
- Glycosylation can be altered to, for example, increase the affinity of the antibody for "antigen”.
- Such carbohydrate modifications can be accomplished by, for example, altering one or more sites of glycosylation within the antibody sequence. For example, one or more amino acid substitutions can be made that result in elimination of one or more variable region framework glycosylation sites to thereby eliminate glycosylation at that site. Such aglycosylation may increase the affinity of the antibody for antigen. Such an approach is described in further detail in
- an antibody can be made that has an altered type of glycosylation, such as a hypofucosylated antibody having reduced amounts of fucosyl residues or an antibody having increased bisecting GlcNac structures.
- Such altered glycosylation patterns have been demonstrated to increase the ADCC ability of antibodies.
- carbohydrate modifications can be accomplished by, for example, expressing the antibody in a host cell with altered glycosylation machinery. Cells with altered glycosylation machinery have been described in the art and can be used as host cells in which to express recombinant antibodies of the invention to thereby produce an antibody with altered glycosylation.
- EP 1 ,176,195 by Hang et ah describes a cell line with a functionally disrupted FUT8 gene, which encodes a fucosyl transferase, such that antibodies expressed in such a cell line exhibit hypofucosylation.
- PCT Publication WO 03/035835 by Presta describes a variant CHO cell line, Lecl3 cells, with reduced ability to attach fucose to Asn(297)-linked carbohydrates, also resulting in
- a wide variety of antibody/ immunoglobulin frameworks or scaffolds can be employed so long as the resulting polypeptide includes at least one binding region which specifically binds to TMEM16A.
- Such frameworks or scaffolds include the 5 main idiotypes of human immunoglobulins, or fragments thereof, and include immunoglobulins of other animal species, preferably having humanized aspects. Single heavy-chain antibodies such as those identified in camelids are of particular interest in this regard. Novel frameworks, scaffolds and fragments continue to be discovered and developed by those skilled in the art.
- the invention pertains to generating non-immunoglobulin based antibodies using non- immunoglobulin scaffolds onto which CDRs of the invention can be grafted.
- Known or future non-immunoglobulin frameworks and scaffolds may be employed, as long as they comprise a binding region specific for the target TMEM16A protein ⁇ e.g., human TMEM16A).
- Non-immunoglobulin frameworks or scaffolds include, but are not limited to, fibronectin (Compound Therapeutics, Inc., Waltham, MA), ankyrin (Molecular Partners AG, Zurich, Switzerland), domain antibodies (Domantis, Ltd., Cambridge, MA, and Ablynx nv, Zwijnaarde, Belgium), lipocalin (Pieris Proteolab AG, Freising, Germany), small modular immuno-pharmaceuticals (Trubion Pharmaceuticals Inc., Seattle, WA), maxybodies (Avidia, Inc., Mountain View, CA), Protein A (Affibody AG, Sweden), and affilin (gamma-crystallin or ubiquitin) (Scil Proteins GmbH, Halle, Germany).
- fibronectin Compound Therapeutics, Inc., Waltham, MA
- ankyrin Molecular Partners AG, Zurich, Switzerland
- domain antibodies Domantis, Ltd., Cambridge, MA, and Ablynx nv, Zwijnaard
- the fibronectin scaffolds are based on fibronectin type III domain (e.g., the tenth module of the fibronectin type III (10 Fn3 domain)).
- the fibronectin type III domain has 7 or 8 beta strands which are distributed between two beta sheets, which themselves pack against each other to form the core of the protein, and further containing loops (analogous to CDRs) which connect the beta strands to each other and are solvent exposed. There are at least three such loops at each edge of the beta sheet sandwich, where the edge is the boundary of the protein perpendicular to the direction of the beta strands (see US 6,818,418).
- fibronectin-based scaffolds are not an immunoglobulin, although the overall fold is closely related to that of the smallest functional antibody fragment, the variable region of the heavy chain, which comprises the entire antigen recognition unit in camel and llama IgG. Because of this structure, the non- immunoglobulin antibody mimics antigen binding properties that are similar in nature and affinity to those of antibodies.
- These scaffolds can be used in a loop randomization and shuffling strategy in vitro that is similar to the process of affinity maturation of antibodies in vivo.
- These fibronectin-based molecules can be used as scaffolds where the loop regions of the molecule can be replaced with CDRs of the invention using standard cloning techniques.
- the ankyrin technology is based on using proteins with ankyrin derived repeat modules as scaffolds for bearing variable regions which can be used for binding to different targets.
- the ankyrin repeat module is a 33 amino acid polypeptide consisting of two anti-parallel a-helices and a ⁇ -turn. Binding of the variable regions is mostly optimized by using ribosome display.
- Avimers are derived from natural A-domain containing protein such as LRP-1. These domains are used by nature for protein-protein interactions and in human over 250 proteins are structurally based on A-domains. Avimers consist of a number of different "A-domain" monomers (2-10) linked via amino acid linkers. Avimers can be created that can bind to the target antigen using the methodology described in, for example, U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 20040175756; 20050053973; 20050048512; and 20060008844. [00122] Affibody affinity ligands are small, simple proteins composed of a three-helix bundle based on the scaffold of one of the IgG-binding domains of Protein A.
- Protein A is a surface protein from the bacterium Staphylococcus aureus. This scaffold domain consists of 58 amino acids, 13 of which are randomized to generate affibody libraries with a large number of ligand variants (See e.g., US 5,831 ,012). Affibody molecules mimic antibodies, they have a molecular weight of 6 kDa, compared to the molecular weight of antibodies, which is 150 kDa. In spite of its small size, the binding site of affibody molecules is similar to that of an antibody.
- Anticalins are products developed by the company Pieris ProteoLab AG. They are derived from lipocalins, a widespread group of small and robust proteins that are usually involved in the physiological transport or storage of chemically sensitive or insoluble compounds. Several natural lipocalins occur in human tissues or body liquids. The protein architecture is reminiscent of immunoglobulins, with hypervariable loops on top of a rigid framework. However, in contrast with antibodies or their recombinant fragments, lipocalins are composed of a single polypeptide chain with 160 to 180 amino acid residues, being just marginally bigger than a single immunoglobulin domain. The set of four loops, which makes up the binding pocket, shows pronounced structural plasticity and tolerates a variety of side chains.
- the binding site can thus be reshaped in a proprietary process in order to recognize prescribed target molecules of different shape with high affinity and specificity.
- One protein of lipocalin family the bilin-binding protein (BBP) of Pieris Brassicae has been used to develop anticalins by mutagenizing the set of four loops.
- BBP bilin-binding protein
- One example of a patent application describing anticalins is in PCT Publication No. WO 199916873.
- Affilin molecules are small non-immunoglobulin proteins which are designed for specific affinities towards proteins and small molecules.
- New affilin molecules can be very quickly selected from two libraries, each of which is based on a different human derived scaffold protein. Affilin molecules do not show any structural homology to immunoglobulin proteins.
- two affilin scaffolds are employed, one of which is gamma crystalline, a human structural eye lens protein and the other is "ubiquitin" superfamily proteins. Both human scaffolds are very small, show high temperature stability and are almost resistant to pH changes and denaturing agents. This high stability is mainly due to the expanded beta sheet structure of the proteins.
- PEM Protein epitope mimetics
- Camelid antibodies Antibody proteins obtained from members of the camel and dromedary (Camelus bactrianus and Calelus dromaderius) family including new world members such as llama species (Lama paccos, Lama glama and Lama vicugna) have been characterized with respect to size, structural complexity and antigenicity for human subjects. Certain IgG antibodies from this family of mammals as found in nature lack light chains, and are thus structurally distinct from the typical four chain quaternary structure having two heavy and two light chains, for antibodies from other animals. See PCT/EP93/02214 (WO 94/04678 published 3 March 1994).
- a region of the camelid antibody which is the small single variable domain identified as VHH can be obtained by genetic engineering to yield a small protein having high affinity for a target, resulting in a low molecular weight antibody- derived protein known as a "camelid nanobody”.
- VHH camelid antibody
- the camelid nanobody has a molecular weight approximately one-tenth that of a human IgG molecule, and the protein has a physical diameter of only a few nanometers.
- One consequence of the small size is the ability of camelid nanobodies to bind to antigenic sites that are functionally invisible to larger antibody proteins, i.e., camelid nanobodies are useful as reagents detect antigens that are otherwise cryptic using classical immunological techniques, and as possible therapeutic agents.
- a camelid nanobody can inhibit as a result of binding to a specific site in a groove or narrow cleft of a target protein, and hence can serve in a capacity that more closely resembles the function of a classical low molecular weight drug than that of a classical antibody.
- camelid nanobodies being extremely thermostable, stable to extreme pH and to proteolytic digestion, and poorly antigenic. Another consequence is that camelid nanobodies readily move from the circulatory system into tissues, and even cross the blood-brain barrier and can treat disorders that affect nervous tissue. Nanobodies can further facilitated drug transport across the blood brain barrier. See U.S. patent application 20040161738 published August 19, 2004. These features combined with the low antigenicity to humans indicate great therapeutic potential. Further, these molecules can be fully expressed in prokaryotic cells such as E. coli and are expressed as fusion proteins with bacteriophage and are functional.
- a feature of the present invention is a camelid antibody or nanobody having high affinity for TMEM16A.
- the camelid antibody or nanobody is naturally produced in the camelid animal, i.e., is produced by the camelid following immunization with TMEM 16A or a peptide fragment thereof, using techniques described herein for other antibodies.
- the TMEM 16 A-b hiding camelid nanobody is engineered, i.e., produced by selection for example from a library of phage displaying appropriately mutagenized camelid nanobody proteins using panning procedures with TMEM16A as a target as described in the examples herein.
- Engineered nanobodies can further be customized by genetic engineering to have a half life in a recipient subject of from 45 minutes to two weeks.
- the camelid antibody or nanobody is obtained by grafting the CDRs sequences of the heavy or light chain of the human antibodies of the invention into nanobody or single domain antibody framework sequences, as described for example in PCT/EP93/02214.
- the present invention features bispecific or multispecific molecules comprising an TMEM 16 A-b hiding antibody, or a fragment thereof, of the invention.
- An antibody of the invention, or antigen-binding regions thereof can be derivatized or linked to another functional molecule, e.g., another peptide or protein (e.g., another antibody or ligand for a receptor) to generate a bispecific molecule that binds to at least two different binding sites or target molecules.
- the antibody of the invention may in fact be derivatized or linked to more than one other functional molecule to generate multi-specific molecules that bind to more than two different binding sites and/or target molecules; such multi-specific molecules are also intended to be encompassed by the term "bispecific molecule" as used herein.
- an antibody of the invention can be functionally linked (e.g. , by chemical coupling, genetic fusion, noncovalent association or otherwise) to one or more other binding molecules, such as another antibody, antibody fragment, peptide or binding mimetic, such that a bispecific molecule results.
- the present invention includes bispecific molecules comprising at least one first binding specificity for TMEM16A and a second binding specificity for a second target epitope.
- the second target epitope is another epitope of TMEM16A different from the first target epitope.
- the molecule can further include a third binding specificity, in addition to the first and second target epitope.
- the bispecific molecules of the invention comprise as a binding specificity at least one antibody, or an antibody fragment thereof, including, e.g., an Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, Fv, or a single chain Fv.
- the antibody may also be a light chain or heavy chain dimer, or any minimal fragment thereof such as a Fv or a single chain construct as described in Ladner et al. U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778.
- Diabodies are bivalent, bispecific molecules in which VH and VL domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, connected by a linker that is too short to allow for pairing between the two domains on the same chain.
- the VH and VL domains pair with complementary domains of another chain, thereby creating two antigen binding sites (see e.g., Holliger et ah, 1993 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak et ah, 1994 Structure 2: 1 121-1 123).
- Diabodies can be produced by expressing two polypeptide chains with either the structure VHA-VLB and VHB-VLA (V H - V L configuration), or VLA-VHB and VLB-VHA (V L - VH configuration) within the same cell. Most of them can be expressed in soluble form in bacteria.
- Single chain diabodies (scDb) are produced by connecting the two diabody-forming polypeptide chains with linker of approximately 15 amino acid residues (see Holliger and Winter, 1997 Cancer Immunol. Immunother., 45(3-4): 128-30; Wu et ah, 1996 Immunotechnology, 2(l):21-36).
- scDb can be expressed in bacteria in soluble, active monomeric form (see Holliger and Winter, 1997 Cancer Immunol. Immunother., 45(34): 128-30; Wu et ah, 1996 Immunotechnology, 2(1):21-36; Pluckthun and Pack, 1997 Immunotechnology, 3(2): 83-105; Ridgway et ah, 1996 Protein Eng., 9(7):617-21).
- a diabody can be fused to Fc to generate a "di-diabody" (see Lu et ah, 2004 J. Biol. Chem., 279(4):2856-65).
- antibodies which can be employed in the bispecific molecules of the invention are murine, chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies.
- the bispecific molecules of the present invention can be prepared by linking the constituent binding specificities, using methods known in the art. For example, each binding specificity of the bispecific molecule can be generated separately and then linked to one another. When the binding specificities are proteins or peptides, a variety of coupling or cross-linking agents can be used for covalent conjugation.
- cross-linking agents examples include protein A, carbodiimide, N-succinimidyl-S-acetyl-thioacetate (SATA), 5,5'-dithiobis(2-nitrobenzoic acid) (DTNB), o-phenylenedimaleimide (oPDM), N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionate (SPDP), and sulfosuccinimidyl 4-( -maleimi do methyl) cyclohaxane-l-carboxylate (sulfo- SMCC) (see e.g., Karpovsky et ah, 1984 J. Exp. Med.
- Conjugating agents are SATA and sulfo-SMCC, both available from Pierce Chemical Co. (Rockford, IL).
- binding specificities are antibodies, they can be linked by sulfhydryl bonding of the C-terminus hinge regions of the two heavy chains.
- the hinge region is modified to contain an odd number of sulfhydryl residues, for example one, prior to conjugation.
- both binding specificities can be encoded in the same vector and expressed and assembled in the same host cell. This method is particularly useful where the bispecific molecule is a mAb x mAb, mAb x Fab, Fab x F(ab')2 or ligand x Fab fusion protein.
- a bispecific molecule of the invention can be a single chain molecule comprising one single chain antibody and a binding determinant, or a single chain bispecific molecule comprising two binding determinants.
- Bispecific molecules may comprise at least two single chain molecules.
- Methods for preparing bispecific molecules are described for example in U.S. Patent Number 5,260,203; U.S. Patent Number 5,455,030; U.S. Patent Number 4,881 ,175; U.S. Patent Number 5,132,405; U.S. Patent Number 5,091 ,513; U.S. Patent Number 5,476,786; U.S. Patent Number 5,013,653; U.S. Patent Number 5,258,498; and U.S. Patent Number 5,482,858.
- Binding of the bispecific molecules to their specific targets can be confirmed by, for example, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), radioimmunoassay (REA), FACS analysis, bioassay (e.g., growth inhibition), or Western Blot assay.
- ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
- REA radioimmunoassay
- FACS FACS analysis
- bioassay e.g., growth inhibition
- Western Blot assay Western Blot assay.
- Each of these assays generally detects the presence of protein-antibody complexes of particular interest by employing a labeled reagent (e.g., an antibody) specific for the complex of interest.
- the present invention provides multivalent molecules comprising at least two identical or different antigen binding portions of the antibodies of the invention, where such molecules may be dimers, trimers, tetramers, or higher order multimers and may be homomeric or heteromeric, that is, they may comprise multiple polypeptide chains that are the same or different.
- the antigen-binding portions can be linked together via protein fusion or covalent or non covalent linkage. Alternatively, methods of linkage have been described for the bispecfic molecules. Tetravalent molecules can be obtained for example by cross-linking antibodies of the antibodies of the invention with an antibody that binds to the constant regions of the antibodies of the invention, for example the Fc or hinge region. Trimerizing domain are described for example in Borean patent EP 1 012 280B 1. Pentamerizing modules are described for example in PCT/EP97/05897.
- multispecific binding domain proteins are produced by linking an scFv to an IgG antibody.
- the VH and VL domains used to make an scFv may be derived from the same or from different antibodies.
- the scFv comprises at least one, two, three, four, five, or six CDRs.
- the multispecific epitope binding proteins of the invention comprise one, two, three, four, or more polypeptide chains.
- the epitope binding domains may also be scFvs, single chain diabodies, variable regions of antibodies (e.g., heavy chain and/or light chain variable regions), IgG antibodies, or peptidomimetics.
- the present invention provides for antibodies that specifically bind to TMEM16A protein which have an extended half-life in vivo.
- Many factors may affect a protein's half life in vivo. For examples, kidney filtration, metabolism in the liver, degradation by proteolytic enzymes (proteases), and immunogenic responses (e.g., protein neutralization by antibodies and uptake by macrophages and dentritic cells).
- proteolytic enzymes proteolytic enzymes
- immunogenic responses e.g., protein neutralization by antibodies and uptake by macrophages and dentritic cells.
- a variety of strategies can be used to extend the half life of the antibodies of the present invention.
- polyethyleneglycol PEG
- PEG polyethyleneglycol
- PSA polysialic acid
- HES hydroxyethyl starch
- albumin-binding ligands and carbohydrate shields
- genetic fusion to proteins binding to serum proteins such as albumin, IgG, FcRn, and transferring
- other binding moieties that bind to serum proteins, such as nanoboies, Fabs, DARPins, avimers, affibodies, and anticalins
- genetic fusion to rPEG, albumin, domain of albumin, albumin-binding proteins, and Fc or by incorporation into nancarriers, slow release formulations, or medical devices.
- inert polymer molecules such as high molecular weight PEG can be attached to the antibodies or a fragment thereof with or without a multifunctional linker either through site-specific conjugation of the PEG to the N- or C-terminus of the antibodies or via epsilon-amino groups present on lysine residues.
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- the antibody, or fragment thereof typically is reacted with polyethylene glycol (PEG), such as a reactive ester or aldehyde derivative of PEG, under conditions in which one or more PEG groups become attached to the antibody or antibody fragment.
- the pegylation can be carried out by an acylation reaction or an alkylation reaction with a reactive PEG molecule (or an analogous reactive water-soluble polymer).
- a reactive PEG molecule or an analogous reactive water-soluble polymer.
- polyethylene glycol is intended to encompass any of the forms of PEG that have been used to derivatize other proteins, such as mono (CI -CIO) alkoxy- or aryloxy-poly ethylene glycol or polyethylene glycol- maleimide.
- the antibody to be pegylated is an aglycosylated antibody. Linear or branched polymer derivatization that results in minimal loss of biological activity will be used.
- the degree of conjugation can be closely monitored by SDS-PAGE and mass spectrometry to ensure proper conjugation of PEG molecules to the antibodies. Unreacted PEG can be separated from antibody-PEG conjugates by size-exclusion or by ion-exchange chromatography. PEG-derivatized antibodies can be tested for binding activity as well as for in vivo efficacy using methods well-known to those of skill in the art, for example, by
- modified pegylation technologies include reconstituting chemically orthogonal directed engineering technology (ReCODE PEG), which incorporates chemically specified side chains into biosynthetic proteins via a reconstituted system that includes tR A synthetase and tRNA.
- This technology enables incorporation of more than 30 new amino acids into biosynthetic proteins in E.coli, yeast, and mammalian cells.
- the tRNA incorporates a nonnative amino acid any place an amber codon is positioned, converting the amber from a stop codon to one that signals incorporation of the chemically specified amino acid.
- Recombinant pegylation technology rPEG can also be used for serum halflife extension.
- This technology involves genetically fusing a 300-600 amino acid unstructured protein tail to an existing pharmaceutical protein. Because the apparent molecular weight of such an unstructured protein chain is about 15-fold larger than its actual molecular weight, the serum halflife of the protein is greatly increased. In contrast to traditional PEGylation, which requires chemical conjugation and repurification, the manufacturing process is greatly simplified and the product is homogeneous.
- PSA polymer polysialic acid
- PSA is a polymer of sialic acid (a sugar).
- sialic acid a sugar
- polysialic acid provides a protective microenvironment on conjugation. This increases the active life of the therapeutic protein in the circulation and prevents it from being recognized by the immune system.
- the PSA polymer is naturally found in the human body. It was adopted by certain bacteria which evolved over millions of years to coat their walls with it. These naturally polysialylated bacteria were then able, by virtue of molecular mimicry, to foil the body's defence system.
- PSA nature's ultimate stealth technology, can be easily produced from such bacteria in large quantities and with predetermined physical characteristics. Bacterial PSA is completely non-immunogenic, even when coupled to proteins, as it is chemically identical to PSA in the human body.
- HES hydroxy ethyl starch
- Another technology include the use of hydroxy ethyl starch (“HES”) derivatives linked to antibodies.
- HES is a modified natural polymer derived from waxy maize starch and can be metabolized by the body's enzymes.
- HES solutions are usually administered to substitute deficient blood volume and to improve the rheological properties of the blood. Hesylation of an antibody enables the prolongation of the circulation half-life by increasing the stability of the molecule, as well as by reducing renal clearance, resulting in an increased biological activity.
- a wide range of HES antibody conjugates can be customized.
- Antibodies having an increased half-life in vivo can also be generated introducing one or more amino acid modifications (i.e., substitutions, insertions or deletions) into an IgG constant domain, or FcRn binding fragment thereof (preferably a Fc or hinge Fc domain fragment). See, e.g., International Publication No. WO 98/23289; International Publication No. WO 97/34631; and U.S. Patent No. 6,277,375.
- antibodies can be conjugated to albumin in order to make the antibody or antibody fragment more stable in vivo or have a longer half life in vivo.
- the techniques are well- known in the art, see, e.g., International Publication Nos. WO 93/15199, WO 93/15200, and WO 01/77137; and European Patent No. EP 413,622.
- the strategies for increasing half life is especially useful in nanobodies, fibronectin- based binders, and other antibodies or proteins for which increased in vivo half life is desired.
- the present invention further encompasses uses of TMEM16A antibodies or fragments thereof linked to a therapeutic moiety.
- An antibody or fragment thereof may be linked to a therapeutic moiety such as a cytotoxic agent or an anti-cancer agent.
- the conjugate may consist of a liable or non-liable linker made up of any composition of synthetic chemistry or peptide that is conducive to generation of a stable antibody linker.
- an antibody or fragment thereof may be linked to a therapeutic moiety or drug moiety that modifies a given biological response.
- Therapeutic moieties or drug moieties are not to be construed as limited to classical chemical therapeutic agents.
- the drug moiety may be a protein, peptide, or polypeptide possessing a desired biological activity.
- Such proteins may include, for example, a toxin such as abrin, ricin A, pseudomonas exotoxin, cholera toxin, or diphtheria toxin; a protein such as tumor necrosis factor, a-interferon, ⁇ -interferon, nerve growth factor, platelet derived growth factor, tissue plasminogen activator, an apoptotic agent, an anti-angiogenic agent; or, a biological response modifier such as, for example, a lymphokine.
- a toxin such as abrin, ricin A, pseudomonas exotoxin, cholera toxin, or diphtheria toxin
- a protein such as tumor necrosis factor, a-interferon, ⁇ -interferon, nerve growth factor, platelet derived growth factor, tissue plasminogen activator, an apoptotic agent, an anti-angiogenic agent
- a biological response modifier such as, for example, a lymphokine.
- an antibody can be linked to therapeutic moieties such as a radioactive metal ion, such as alph-emiters such as 213Bi or macrocyclic chelators useful for conjugating
- therapeutic moieties such as a radioactive metal ion, such as alph-emiters such as 213Bi or macrocyclic chelators useful for conjugating
- radiometal ions including but not limited to, In, LU, Y, Ho, Sm, to polypeptides.
- the macrocyclic chelator is 1 , 4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-N,N',N",N"'- tetraacetic acid (DOT A) which can be attached to the antibody via a linker molecule.
- linker molecules are commonly known in the art and described in Denardo et al, 1998, Clin Cancer Res. 4(10):2483-90; Peterson et al, 1999, Bioconjug. Chem. 10(4):553-7; and
- the present invention also provides antibodies or fragments thereof that specifically bind to a TMEM16A protein recombinantly fused or chemically conjugated (including both covalent and non-covalent conjugations) to a heterologous protein or polypeptide (or fragment thereof, preferably to a polypeptide of at least 10, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 60, at least 70, at least 80, at least 90 or at least 100 amino acids) to generate fusion proteins.
- the invention provides fusion proteins comprising an antigen-binding fragment of an antibody described herein ⁇ e.g., a Fab fragment, Fd fragment, Fv fragment, F(ab)2 fragment, a V H domain, a V H CDR, a V L domain or a V L CDR) and a heterologous protein, polypeptide, or peptide.
- Methods for fusing or conjugating proteins, polypeptides, or peptides to an antibody or an antibody fragment are known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,336,603, 5,622,929, 5,359,046, 5,349,053, 5,447,851 , and 5,1 12,946; European Patent Nos. EP 307,434 and EP 367,166; International Publication Nos. WO 96/04388 and WO 91/06570;
- DNA shuffling may be employed to alter the activities of antibodies of the invention or fragments thereof ⁇ e.g., antibodies or fragments thereof with higher affinities and lower dissociation rates). See, generally, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,605,793, 5,81 1 ,238, 5,830,721 , 5,834,252, and 5,837,458; Patten et al, 1997, Curr. Opinion Biotechnol. 8:724-33; Harayama, 1998, Trends Biotechnol.
- Antibodies or fragments thereof, or the encoded antibodies or fragments thereof may be altered by being subjected to random mutagenesis by error-prone PCR, random nucleotide insertion or other methods prior to recombination.
- a polynucleotide encoding an antibody or fragment thereof that specifically binds to a TMEM16A protein may be recombined with one or more components, motifs, sections, parts, domains, fragments, etc. of one or more heterologous molecules.
- the antibodies or fragments thereof can be fused to marker sequences, such as a peptide to facilitate purification.
- the marker amino acid sequence is a hexa-histidine peptide, such as the tag provided in a pQE vector (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 9131 1), among others, many of which are commercially available.
- a pQE vector QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 9131 1
- hexa- histidine provides for convenient purification of the fusion protein.
- peptide tags useful for purification include, but are not limited to, the hemagglutinin ("HA") tag, which corresponds to an epitope derived from the influenza hemagglutinin protein (Wilson et al, 1984, Cell 37:767), and the "flag" tag.
- HA hemagglutinin
- antibodies of the present invention or fragments thereof linked to a diagnostic or detectable agent Such antibodies can be useful for monitoring or prognosing the onset, development, progression and/or severity of a disease or disorder as part of a clinical testing procedure, such as determining the efficacy of a particular therapy.
- Such diagnosis and detection can accomplished by coupling the antibody to detectable substances including, but not limited to, various enzymes, such as, but not limited to, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; prosthetic groups, such as, but not limited to, streptavidinlbiotin and avidin/biotin; fluorescent materials, such as, but not limited to, umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocynate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin; luminescent materials, such as, but not limited to, luminol; bioluminescent materials, such as but not limited to, luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin; radioactive materials, such as, but not limited to, iodine (1311, 1251, 1231, and 1211,), carbon
- Antibodies may also be attached to solid supports, which are particularly useful for immunoassays or purification of the target antigen.
- solid supports include, but are not limited to, glass, cellulose, polyacrylamide, nylon, polystyrene, polyvinyl chloride or
- 4,946,778 can be adapted to produce antibodies to polypeptides of this invention.
- transgenic mice, or other organisms such as other mammals may be used to express humanized antibodies.
- phage display technology can be used to identify antibodies and heteromeric Fab fragments that specifically bind to selected antigens (see, e.g., McCafferty et al, supra; Marks et al, Biotechnology, 10:779-783, (1992)).
- nucleic acid molecules that encode the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention.
- the nucleic acids may be present in whole cells, in a cell lysate, or may be nucleic acids in a partially purified or substantially pure form.
- a nucleic acid is "isolated” or “rendered substantially pure” when purified away from other cellular components or other contaminants, e.g., other cellular nucleic acids or proteins, by standard techniques, including alkaline/SDS treatment, CsCl banding, column chromatography, agarose gel electrophoresis and others well known in the art. See, F. Ausubel, et al., ed.
- a nucleic acid of the invention can be, for example, DNA or RNA and may or may not contain intronic sequences.
- the nucleic acid is a cDNA molecule.
- the nucleic acid may be present in a vector such as a phage display vector, or in a recombinant plasmid vector.
- Nucleic acids of the invention can be obtained using standard molecular biology techniques.
- hybridomas e.g., hybridomas prepared from transgenic mice carrying human immunoglobulin genes as described further below
- cDNAs encoding the light and heavy chains of the antibody made by the hybridoma can be obtained by standard PCR amplification or cDNA cloning techniques.
- nucleic acid encoding the antibody can be recovered from various phage clones that are members of the library.
- V H and V L segments are obtained, these DNA fragments can be further manipulated by standard recombinant DNA techniques, for example to convert the variable region genes to full-length antibody chain genes, to Fab fragment genes or to an scFv gene. In these manipulations, a V L - or Vn-encoding DNA fragment is operatively linked to another DNA molecule, or to a fragment encoding another protein, such as an antibody constant region or a flexible linker.
- operatively linked is intended to mean that the two DNA fragments are joined in a functional manner, for example, such that the amino acid sequences encoded by the two DNA fragments remain in- frame, or such that the protein is expressed under control of a desired promoter.
- the isolated DNA encoding the V H region can be converted to a full-length heavy chain gene by operatively linking the Vn-encoding DNA to another DNA molecule encoding heavy chain constant regions (CHI, CH2 and CH3).
- the sequences of human heavy chain constant region genes are known in the art (see e.g., Kabat et al., 1991 Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242) and DNA fragments encompassing these regions can be obtained by standard PCR amplification.
- the heavy chain constant region can be an IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgE, IgM or IgD constant region.
- the Vn- encoding DNA can be operatively linked to another DNA molecule encoding only the heavy chain CHI constant region.
- the isolated DNA encoding the V L region can be converted to a full-length light chain gene (as well as to a Fab light chain gene) by operatively linking the VL-encoding DNA to another DNA molecule encoding the light chain constant region, CL.
- the sequences of human light chain constant region genes are known in the art (see e.g., Kabat et al., 1991 Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242) and DNA fragments encompassing these regions can be obtained by standard PCR amplification.
- the light chain constant region can be a kappa or a lambda constant region.
- V H - and VL-encoding DNA fragments are operatively linked to another fragment encoding a flexible linker, e.g., encoding the amino acid sequence (Gly4 -Ser) 3 , such that the V H and V L sequences can be expressed as a contiguous single-chain protein, with the V L and V H regions joined by the flexible linker (see e.g., Bird et al., 1988 Science 242:423-426; Huston et al, 1988 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883; McCafferty et al, 1990 Nature 348:552-554).
- a flexible linker e.g., encoding the amino acid sequence (Gly4 -Ser) 3 , such that the V H and V L sequences can be expressed as a contiguous single-chain protein, with the V L and V H regions joined by the flexible linker (see e.g., Bird et al., 1988 Science
- Monoclonal antibodies can be produced by a variety of techniques, including conventional monoclonal antibody methodology e.g., the standard somatic cell hybridization technique of Kohler and Milstein (1975 Nature, 256:495), or using library display methods, such as phage display.
- An animal system for preparing hybridomas is the murine system.
- Hybridoma production in the mouse is a well established procedure. Immunization protocols and techniques for isolation of immunized splenocytes for fusion are known in the art. Fusion partners (e.g., murine myeloma cells) and fusion procedures are also known.
- Chimeric or humanized antibodies of the present invention can be prepared based on the sequence of a murine monoclonal antibody prepared as described above.
- DNA encoding the heavy and light chain immunoglobulins can be obtained from the murine hybridoma of interest and engineered to contain non-murine (e.g., human) immunoglobulin sequences using standard molecular biology techniques.
- the murine variable regions can be linked to human constant regions using methods known in the art (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567 to Cabilly et al.).
- the murine CDR regions can be inserted into a human framework using methods known in the art. See e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539, and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,530,101 ; 5,585,089; 5,693,762 and 6,180,370.
- the antibodies of the invention are human monoclonal antibodies.
- Such human monoclonal antibodies directed against TMEM16A can be generated using transgenic or transchromosomic mice carrying parts of the human immune system rather than the mouse system.
- transgenic and transchromosomic mice include mice referred to herein as HuMAb mice and KM mice, respectively, and are collectively referred to herein as "human Ig mice.”
- the HuMAb mouse ® (Medarex, Inc.) contains human immunoglobulin gene miniloci that encode un-rearranged human heavy ( ⁇ and ⁇ ) and ⁇ light chain immunoglobulin sequences, together with targeted mutations that inactivate the endogenous ⁇ and ⁇ chain loci (see, e.g., Lonberg et al, 1994 Nature 368(6474): 856-859). Accordingly, the mice exhibit reduced expression of mouse IgM or ⁇ , and in response to immunization, the introduced human heavy and light chain transgenes undergo class switching and somatic mutation to generate high affinity human IgGx monoclonal (Lonberg, N.
- human antibodies of the invention can be raised using a mouse that carries human immunoglobulin sequences on transgenes and transchomosomes, such as a mouse that carries a human heavy chain transgene and a human light chain
- mice Such mice, referred to herein as “KM mice”, are described in detail in WO 02/43478.
- immunoglobulin genes are available in the art and can be used to raise anti-TMEM16A antibodies of the invention.
- an alternative transgenic system referred to as the Xenomouse ® (Abgenix, Inc.) can be used.
- Such mice are described in, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos.
- transchromosomic animal systems expressing human immunoglobulin genes are available in the art and can be used to raise anti-TMEM16A antibodies of the invention.
- mice carrying both a human heavy chain are available in the art and can be used to raise anti-TMEM16A antibodies of the invention.
- mice carrying both a human heavy chain are available in the art and can be used to raise anti-TMEM16A antibodies of the invention.
- mice carrying both a human heavy chain are available in the art and can be used to raise anti-TMEM16A antibodies of the invention.
- TC mice transchromosome and a human light chain tranchromosome
- cows carrying human heavy and light chain transchromosomes have been described in the art (Kuroiwa et al., 2002 Nature Biotechnology 20:889-894) and can be used to raise anti-TMEM16A antibodies of the invention.
- Human monoclonal antibodies of the invention can also be prepared using phage display methods for screening libraries of human immunoglobulin genes. Such phage display methods for isolating human antibodies are established in the art. See for example: U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,223,409; 5,403,484; and 5,571 ,698 to Ladner et al; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,427,908 and
- Libraries can be screened for binding to full length TMEM16A or to a particular epitope of TMEM16A (e.g., KLIRYLKLKQ, or RYKDYREPPWS).
- Human monoclonal antibodies of the invention can also be prepared using SCID mice into which human immune cells have been reconstituted such that a human antibody response can be generated upon immunization.
- SCID mice into which human immune cells have been reconstituted such that a human antibody response can be generated upon immunization.
- Such mice are described in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,476,996 and 5,698,767 to Wilson et al.
- Purified recombinant human TMEM16A expressed in prokaryotic cells e.g., E. coli
- eukaryotic cells e.g., mammalian cells, e.g., HEK293 cells
- the protein can be linked to a carrier, such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH).
- KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
- Fully human monoclonal antibodies to TMEM16A are prepared using HCo7, HCol2 and HCol7 strains of HuMab transgenic mice and the KM strain of transgenic transchromosomic mice, each of which express human antibody genes.
- the endogenous mouse kappa light chain gene can be homozygously disrupted as described in Chen et al., 1993 EMBO J.12:81 1 -820 and the endogenous mouse heavy chain gene can be
- the HCo7 strain carries the HCo7 human heavy chain transgene as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,545,806; 5,625,825; and 5,545,807.
- the HCol2 strain carries the HCol2 human heavy chain transgene as described in Example 2 of WO 01/09187.
- the HCol 7 stain carries the HCol 7 human heavy chain transgene.
- the KNM strain contains the SC20 transchromosome as described in WO 02/43478.
- TMEM16A To generate fully human monoclonal antibodies to TMEM16A, HuMab mice and KM mice are immunized with purified recombinant TMEM16A, a TMEM16A fragment (e.g., a peptide comprising or consisting of SEQ ID NO:3 or SEQ ID NO:4), or a conjugate thereof (e.g., TMEM 16 A-KLH) as antigen.
- TMEM 16 A-KLH conjugate thereof
- mice are 6-16 weeks of age upon the first infusion of antigen.
- a purified recombinant preparation (5-50 ⁇ g) of the antigen is used to immunize the HuMab mice and KM mice in the peritoneal cavity, subcutaneously (Sc) or by footpad injection.
- Transgenic mice are immunized twice with antigen in complete Freund's adjuvant or Ribi adjuvant either in the peritoneal cavity (IP), subcutaneously (Sc) or by footpad (FP), followed by 3-21 days IP, Sc or FP immunization (up to a total of 1 1 immunizations) with the antigen in incomplete Freund's or Ribi adjuvant.
- IP peritoneal cavity
- Sc subcutaneously
- FP footpad
- the immune response is monitored by retroorbital bleeds.
- the plasma is screened by ELISA, and mice with sufficient titers of anti- TMEM16A human immunogolobulin are used for fusions. Mice are boosted intravenously with antigen 3 and 2 days before sacrifice and removal of the spleen.
- mice typically, 10-35 fusions for each antigen are performed. Several dozen mice are immunized for each antigen. A total of 82 mice of the HCo7, HCol2, HCol7 and KM mice strains are immunized with TMEM16A.
- mice producing antibodies that bound TMEM16A
- sera from immunized mice can be tested by ELISA as described by Fishwild, D. et al., 1996. Briefly, microtiter plates are coated with purified recombinant TMEM16A at 1 -2 ⁇ g /ml in PBS, 50 ⁇ /wells incubated 4 °C overnight then blocked with 200 ⁇ /well of 5% chicken serum in
- mice splenocytes isolated from the HuMab mice and KM mice, are fused with PEG to a mouse myeloma cell line based upon standard protocols. The resulting hybridomas are then screened for the production of antigen-specific antibodies. Single cell suspensions of splenic lymphocytes from immunized mice are fused to one-fourth the number of SP2/0 nonsecreting mouse myeloma cells (ATCC, CRL 1581) with 50% PEG (Sigma).
- Cells are plated at approximately 1x10 5 /well in flat bottom microtiter plates, followed by about two weeks of incubation in selective medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum, 10% P388D 1(ATCC, CRL TIB-63) conditioned medium, 3-5% Origen ® (IGEN) in DMEM (Mediatech, CRL 10013, with high glucose, L-glutamine and sodium pyruvate) plus 5 mM HEPES, 0.055 mM 2- mercaptoethanol, 50 ⁇ g/ml gentamycin and lx HAT (Sigma, CRL P-7185). After 1-2 weeks, cells are cultured in medium in which the HAT is replaced with HT.
- selective medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum, 10% P388D 1(ATCC, CRL TIB-63) conditioned medium, 3-5% Origen ® (IGEN) in DMEM (Mediatech, CRL 10013, with high glucose, L-glutamine and sodium pyruvate) plus 5
- splenocytes and/or lymph node cells from immunized mice can be isolated and fused to an appropriate immortalized cell line, such as a mouse myeloma cell line.
- an appropriate immortalized cell line such as a mouse myeloma cell line.
- the resulting hybridomas can be screened for the production of antigen-specific antibodies.
- single cell suspensions of splenic lymphocytes from immunized mice can be fused to one-sixth the number of P3X63-Ag8.653 nonsecreting mouse myeloma cells (ATCC, CRL 1580) with 50% PEG.
- Cells are plated at approximately 2 x 145 in flat bottom microtiter plates, followed by a two week incubation in selective medium containing 20% fetal Clone Serum, 18% "653" conditioned media, 5% Origen ® (IGEN), 4 mM L-glutamine, 1 mM sodium pyruvate, 5mM HEPES, 0:055 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, 50 units/ml penicillin, 50 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin, 50 ⁇ g/ml gentamycin and IX HAT (Sigma; the HAT is added 24 hours after the fusion). After approximately two weeks, cells can be cultured in medium in which the HAT is replaced with HT.
- selective medium containing 20% fetal Clone Serum, 18% "653" conditioned media, 5% Origen ® (IGEN), 4 mM L-glutamine, 1 mM sodium pyruvate, 5mM HEPES, 0:055 mM 2-mer
- hybridomas can be grown in two-liter spinner-flasks for monoclonal antibody purification. Supernatants can be filtered and concentrated before affinity chromatography with protein A-sepharose (Pharmacia, Piscataway, N.J.). Eluted IgG can be checked by gel electrophoresis and high performance liquid
- the buffer solution can be exchanged into PBS, and the concentration can be determined by OD 2 8o using an extinction coefficient of 1.43.
- the monoclonal antibodies can be aliquoted and stored at -80° C.
- Antibodies of the invention also can be produced in a host cell transfectoma using, for example, a combination of recombinant DNA techniques and gene transfection methods as is well known in the art (e.g., Morrison, 1985 Science 229: 1202).
- DNAs encoding partial or full-length light and heavy chains can be obtained by standard molecular biology techniques (e.g., PCR amplification or cDNA cloning using a hybridoma that expresses the antibody of interest) and the DNAs can be inserted into expression vectors such that the genes are operative ly linked to transcriptional and trans lational control sequences.
- the term "operatively linked" is intended to mean that an antibody gene is ligated into a vector such that transcriptional and translational control sequences within the vector serve their intended function of regulating the transcription and translation of the antibody gene.
- the expression vector and expression control sequences are chosen to be compatible with the expression host cell used.
- the antibody light chain gene and the antibody heavy chain gene can be inserted into separate vector or, more typically, both genes are inserted into the same expression vector.
- the antibody genes are inserted into the expression vector by standard methods (e.g., ligation of complementary restriction sites on the antibody gene fragment and vector, or blunt end ligation if no restriction sites are present).
- the light and heavy chain variable regions of the antibodies described herein can be used to create full-length antibody genes of any antibody isotype by inserting them into expression vectors already encoding heavy chain constant and light chain constant regions of the desired isotype such that the VH segment is operatively linked to the CH segment(s) within the vector and the VL segment is operatively linked to the CL segment within the vector.
- the recombinant expression vector can encode a signal peptide that facilitates secretion of the antibody chain from a host cell.
- the antibody chain gene can be cloned into the vector such that the signal peptide is linked in frame to the amino terminus of the antibody chain gene.
- the signal peptide can be an immunoglobulin signal peptide or a heterologous signal peptide (i.e., a signal peptide from a non-immunoglobulin protein).
- the recombinant expression vectors of the invention carry regulatory sequences that control the expression of the antibody chain genes in a host cell.
- the term "regulatory sequence” is intended to include promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals) that control the transcription or translation of the antibody chain genes.
- Such regulatory sequences are described, for example, in Goeddel (Gene Expression Technology. 1990 Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, CA). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design of the expression vector, including the selection of regulatory sequences, may depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, etc.
- Regulatory sequences for mammalian host cell expression include viral elements that direct high levels of protein expression in mammalian cells, such as promoters and/or enhancers derived from cytomegalovirus (CMV), Simian Virus 40 (SV40), adenovirus (e.g., the adenovirus major late promoter (AdMLP)), and polyoma.
- CMV cytomegalovirus
- SV40 Simian Virus 40
- AdMLP adenovirus major late promoter
- polyoma e.g., the adenovirus major late promoter (AdMLP)
- nonviral regulatory sequences may be used, such as the ubiquitin promoter or P-globin promoter.
- regulatory elements composed of sequences from different sources such as the SRa promoter system, which contains sequences from the SV40 early promoter and the long terminal repeat of human T cell leukemia virus type 1 (Takebe et al, 1988 Mol. Cell. Biol. 8
- the recombinant expression vectors of the invention may carry additional sequences, such as sequences that regulate replication of the vector in host cells (e.g., origins of replication) and selectable marker genes.
- the selectable marker gene facilitates selection of host cells into which the vector has been introduced (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,399,216; 4,634,665; and 5,179,017, all by Axel et al.).
- the selectable marker gene confers resistance to drugs, such as G418, hygromycin or methotrexate, on a host cell into which the vector has been introduced.
- Selectable marker genes include the dihydro folate reductase (DHFR) gene (for use in dhfr- host cells with methotrexate selection/amplification) and the neo gene (for G418 selection).
- DHFR dihydro folate reductase
- the expression vector(s) encoding the heavy and light chains is trans fected into a host cell by standard techniques.
- the various forms of the term "transfection" are intended to encompass a wide variety of techniques commonly used for the introduction of exogenous DNA into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell, e.g., electroporation, calcium-phosphate precipitation, DEAE-dextran transfection and the like. It is theoretically possible to express the antibodies of the invention in either prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cells.
- Mammalian host cells for expressing the recombinant antibodies of the invention include Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO cells) (including dhfr- CHO cells, described Urlaub and Chasin, 1980 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216-4220 used with a DH FR selectable marker, e.g., as described in Kaufman and Sharp, 1982 Mol. Biol. 159:601-621, NSO myeloma cells, COS cells and SP2 cells.
- NSO myeloma cells e.g., as described in Kaufman and Sharp, 1982 Mol. Biol. 159:601-621
- NSO myeloma cells e.g., as described in Kaufman and Sharp, 1982 Mol. Biol. 159:601-621
- NSO myeloma cells COS cells and SP2 cells.
- another expression system is the GS gene expression system shown in WO 87/04462, WO 89/01036 and EP 338
- the antibodies When recombinant expression vectors encoding antibody genes are introduced into mammalian host cells, the antibodies are produced by culturing the host cells for a period of time sufficient to allow for expression of the antibody in the host cells or secretion of the antibody into the culture medium in which the host cells are grown. Antibodies can be recovered from the culture medium using standard protein purification methods.
- Standard assays to evaluate the ability of molecules to bind to TMEM16A of various species, and particular epitopes of TMEM16A, are known in the art, including, for example, ELISAs and western blots. Determination of whether an TMEM16A binding molecule binds to a specific epitope of TMEM16A (e.g., KLIRYLKLKQ or RYKDYREPPWS) can employ a peptide epitope competition assay.
- a specific epitope of TMEM16A e.g., KLIRYLKLKQ or RYKDYREPPWS
- a TMEM16A binding molecule is incubated with a peptide corresponding to a TMEM16A epitope of interest (e.g., KLIRYLKLKQ or RYKDYREPPWS) at saturating concentrations of peptide.
- the preincubated TMEM16A binding molecule is tested for binding to immobilized TMEM16A, e.g., by Biacore® analysis. Inhibition of TMEM16A binding by preincubation with the peptide indicates that the TMEM16A binding molecule binds to the peptide epitope. Binding kinetics also can be assessed by standard assays known in the art, such as by Biacore® analysis or apparent binding by FACS analysis. Assays to evaluate the effects of TMEM16A binding molecules on functional properties of TMEM 16A are described in further detail below.
- an TMEM16A binding molecule that "inhibits" one or more of these TMEM16A functional properties (e.g., biochemical, cellular, physiological or other biological activities, or the like), as determined according to methodologies known to the art and described herein, will be understood to produce a statistically significant decrease in the particular functional property relative to that seen in the absence of the binding molecule (e.g., when a control molecule of irrelevant specificity is present).
- a TMEM16A binding molecule that inhibits TMEM16A activity effects such a statistically significant decrease by at least 5% of the measured parameter.
- an antagonizing antibody or other TMEM16A binding molecule may produce a decrease in the selected functional property of at least 10%, 20%, 30%, or 50% compared to control.
- TMEM16A inhibition is determined by measuring levels of proteins or protein stability functioning in the same pathway as that of TMEME16A.
- biological, physiological, and/or morphological changes indicate that the
- TMEM16A binding molecule inhibits TMEM16A, e.g., to inhibit the growth of a tumor cell or to induce apoptosis in a tumor cell including genes associated with the TMEM16A colocalized in the 1 lql 3 amplicon, i.e., Cyclin D, FGF 19, FGF3, FGF4, EMS 1 ,PPFIA1 , FADD.
- a TMEM16A binding molecule that agonizes or promotes TMEM16A activity effectuates such a statistically significant increase by at least 5% of the measured parameter.
- an agonizing antibody or other TMEM16A binding molecule may produce an increase in the selected functional property of at least 10%, 20%, 30%, or 50% compared to control.
- TMEM16A inhibition is determined by measuring expression or stability levels of downstream mRNA messages or proteins in TMEM16A pathway. These pathways include all oncogenic transcription factors or oncogenic pathways upstream or downstream of TMEM16A, including but are not limited to, the transcription factors KLF4, cMYC, RAS, Raf, p53, and El A or the IL4 signaling transduction pathway known to up-regulate TMEM16A expression levels.
- biological, physiological, and/or morphological changes indicate that the TMEM16A binding molecule inhibits TMEM16A function, e.g., blockade of calcium activated chloride channel activity as measured by patch clamp.
- TMEM16A in GIST and ESCC suggests a functional role in cancer. Loss of function of TMEM16A either by blockade with an
- Transgenic animals and cell lines are particularly useful in screening antibodies or antibody- drug conjugates (ADC) that have potential as prophylactic or therapeutic treatments of diseases or disorders involving overexpression of tumor-associated antigens, e.g. TMEM16A.
- Screening for a useful antibody or ADC may involve administering candidate antibody or ADC over a range of doses to the transgenic animal, and assaying at various time points for the effect(s) of the antibody or ADC on the disease or disorder being evaluated. Alternatively, or additionally, the drug can be administered prior to or simultaneously with exposure to an inducer of the disease, if applicable.
- Candidate antibody or ADC may be screened serially and individually, or in parallel under medium or high-throughput screening format.
- the rate at which antibody or ADC may be screened for utility for prophylactic or therapeutic treatments of diseases or disorders is limited only by the rate of synthesis or screening methodology, including detecting/measuring/analysis of data.
- the cytotoxic or cytostatic activity of an antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) can be measured by: exposing mammalian cells having tumor-associated antigens (e.g., TMEM16A) to the antibody of the ADC in a cell culture medium; culturing the cells for a period from about 6 hours to about 5 days; and measuring cell viability.
- Cell-based in vitro assays may be used to measure viability, e.g.. proliferation (IC50), cytotoxicity (EC50), and induction of apoptosis (caspase activation) of the ADC.
- compositions Comprising TMEM16A Binding Molecules
- compositions comprising the present anti- TMEM 16A antibodies or antigen-binding molecules formulated together with a
- compositions can additionally contain other therapeutic agents that are suitable for treating or preventing a given disorder.
- Pharmaceutically carriers enhance or stabilize the composition, or to facilitate preparation of the composition.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like that are
- a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered by a variety of methods known in the art.
- the route and/or mode of administration vary depending upon the desired results. It is preferred that administration be intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous, or administered proximal to the site of the target.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier should be suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, parenteral, intranasal, inhalational, spinal or epidermal administration (e.g., by injection or infusion).
- the active compound i.e., antibody, bispecific and multispecific molecule, may be coated in a material to protect the compound from the action of acids and other natural conditions that may inactivate the compound.
- the antibodies (or antigen binding molecules) of the invention can be made into aerosol formulations (i.e., they can be "nebulized") to be administered via inhalation. Aerosol formulations can be placed into pressurized acceptable propellants, such as dichlorodifluoromethane, propane, nitrogen, and the like.
- propellants such as dichlorodifluoromethane, propane, nitrogen, and the like.
- the composition is sterile and fluid. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by use of coating such as lecithin, by maintenance of required particle size in the case of dispersion and by use of surfactants.
- isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol, and sodium chloride in the composition.
- Long-term absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate or gelatin.
- compositions of the invention can be prepared in accordance with methods well known and routinely practiced in the art.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are determined in part by the particular composition being administered, as well as by the particular method used to administer the composition. Accordingly, there is a wide variety of suitable formulations of pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention.
- compositions are preferably manufactured under GMP conditions.
- a therapeutically effective dose or efficacious dose of the anti-TMEM16A antibody is employed in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
- the anti-TMEM16A antibodies are formulated into pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms by conventional methods known to those of skill in the art. Dosage regimens are adjusted to provide the desired response (e.g., a therapeutic response).
- a therapeutically or prophylactically effective dose a low dose can be administered and then incrementally increased until a desired response is achieved with minimal or no undesired side effects. For example, a single bolus may be administered, several divided doses may be administered over time or the dose may be proportionally reduced or increased as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation.
- Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subjects to be treated; each unit contains a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
- Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient which is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient.
- the selected dosage level depends upon a variety of pharmacokinetic factors including the activity of the particular compositions of the present invention employed, or the ester, salt or amide thereof, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular compositions employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors.
- the TMEM16A binding molecules described herein have in vitro and in vivo diagnostic and therapeutic utilities.
- these molecules can be administered to cells in culture, e.g. in vitro or in vivo, or in a subject, to treat, prevent or diagnose a variety of disorders.
- TMEM 16A binding molecules are particularly suitable for treating human patients suffering from cancer, infectious diarrhea (bacterial or viral), or sepsis.
- An agonist antibody or low molecular weight inhibitor approach could be employed for dry eye or dry mouth (Sjogren's syndrome).
- TMEM16A binding molecules can be used to diagnose, ameliorate the symptoms of, protect against, and treat cancer by binding to ECD2 or ECD3 of TMEM16A.
- Cancers which are amenable to treatment by the administration of the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention include but are not limited to gastrointestinal cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, oral squamous cell carcinoma, head and neck cancer, and all other cancers relating to 1 lql3 amplification.
- the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention are capable of inhibiting the growth of a tumor cell, or of inducing apoptosis in, or inhibiting angiogenesis of, a tumor cell.
- a tumor cell can be contacted with an anti- TMEM 16A antibody, antibody fragment thereof, an antibody drug conjugate, or other
- TMEM16A binding molecules When TMEM16A binding molecules are administered together with another agent, the two can be administered sequentially in either order or simultaneously. In some
- a TMEM16A binding molecule is administered to a subject who is also receiving therapy with a second agent.
- Said second agent can be a chemo therapeutic, in the case of cancers.
- a combination therapy regimen may be additive, or it may produce synergistic results (e.g., increases in apoptosis of cancer cells greater than expected for the combined use of the two agents).
- the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention can be used to detect levels of TMEM16A. This can be achieved, for example, by contacting a sample (such as an in vitro sample) and a control sample with the TMEM16A binding molecule under conditions that allow for the formation of a complex between the binding molecule and
- TMEM16A Any complexes formed between the molecule and TMEM16A are detected and compared in the sample and the control.
- standard detection methods well known in the art, such as ELISA and flow cytometric assays, can be performed using the compositions of the invention.
- the invention further provides methods for detecting the presence of TMEM16A (e.g., human TMEM16A) in a sample, or measuring the amount of TMEM16A, comprising contacting the sample, and a control sample, with an TMEM16A binding molecule (e.g., an antibody) of the invention, under conditions that allow for formation of a complex between the antibody or portion thereof and TMEM16A. The formation of a complex is then detected, wherein a difference in complex formation between the sample compared to the control sample is indicative of the presence of TMEM16A in the sample.
- TMEM16A e.g., human TMEM16A
- an TMEM16A binding molecule e.g., an antibody
- kits consisting of the compositions of the invention and instructions for use.
- the kit can further contain a least one additional reagent, or one or more additional antibodies of the invention (e.g., an antibody having a complementary activity which binds to an epitope on the target antigen distinct from the first antibody).
- Kits typically include a label indicating the intended use of the contents of the kit.
- label includes any writing, or recorded material supplied on or with the kit, or which otherwise accompanies the kit.
- TMEM16A Mouse, rat and human TMEM16A have been sequenced and found to be almost identical (>98%) across the whole protein. TMEM16A has been reported to be expressed in mouse epithelia, lung and kidney, acinar cells of the pancreas and submandibular gland.
- the human derived, pharangeal squamous cell carcinoma FaDu cell-line (HTB-43) was grown in Eagles Minimum Essential Medium.
- the cervical epithelial adenocarcinoma HeLa cell-line (CCL-2) was also cultured in Eagles Minimum Essential Medium.
- TE- 1 1 is an esophageal squamous cell carcinoma.
- GIST882 cells are derived from a patient with metastatic GIST tumor. GISTs are classified most often as smooth muscle tumors, however, contemporary histopathological criteria, particularly expression of the c-KIT receptor tyrosine kinase (CD1 17), enable true non-myogenic GISTs to be discriminated from other gastrointestinal mesenchymal tumors.
- wild-type c- KIT transcripts were not detected in either the primary tumor or in GIST882, and GIST882 did not proliferate in response to supplemental stem cell factor (SCF). Cytogenetic characterization revealed monosomy of chromosomes 14 and 22 in the GIST882 cell line and primary tumor.
- Te-1 1 and GIST882 cells were cultured in RPMI medium (Invitrogen). All media was supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS), and cells grown in flasks at 37°C in a humidified incubator with 5% C0 2 .
- FBS fetal bovine serum
- the peptide sequence KLIRYLKLKQ was used to raise a mouse monoclonal antibody (5E2D1, which is an IgGl antibody).
- FIG. 1 highlights where the peptide sequence was directed.
- SP31 (ab64085) Abeam is a rabbit monoclonal antibody against human
- TMEM 16A was mapped SP-31 binding to the 2nd extracellular domain using peptide blocking experiments and western blotting.
- BV-10 (ab65970) Abeam is also a rabbit monoclonal antibody against human TMEM 16 A.
- TMEM16A was detected using a rabbit polyclonal anti-TMEM16A antibody (BV10 ab65970).
- the immunogen is a synthetic peptide from the C-terminus of human TMEM 16 A.
- Antibodies specifically binding to TMEM16A were also produced by using genetic immunization technology combined with hybridoma technology (see, e.g., Lohrmann et al., Current Drug Discovery, October, 17-21 (2003)). Unlike standard immunization approaches that use protein antigen, genetic immunization uses cDNA and the machinery of the immunized animal to express the resulting antigen.
- the cDNA used to express TMEM 16A was an optimized chimeric-scaffold vector expressing extracellular loops of a multi-transmembrane- spanning proteins (for detailed method, see, e.g., Larsson et al., J.
- the TMEM16A cDNA encodes three extracellular loops of the protein (loops ECD1 , ECD1.1 , ECD3).
- ECD1 loops of the protein
- ECD1.1 extracellular loops of the protein
- ECD3 loops of the protein
- TMEM16A antibody generation five rats were immunized with the TMEM16A cDNA embedding in colloidal gold and delivered via gene gun. Immune cells in the skin including dendritic cells and keratinocytes take up the cDNA and express the protein on the cell surface. Rats that developed a positive immune response against TMEM16A were chosen for fusion and hybridoma generation.
- Hybridoma supernatants were tested in cell- based ELIS As with CHO cells (Chinese Hamster Ovary Cells) expressing the TMEM 16A cDNA. A subset of hybridomas were selected for subcloning resulting in clonal hybridoma populations each expressing a single TMEM16A antibody. Table 2 describes the relevant sequences of the antibody.
- each peptide in the first library has 15 amino acids and the sequence is derived by scanning the sequence of interest (see Table 3) with a step of 3 residues, starting from the N-terminus. Therefore a ladder is generated and each peptide contains 12 overlapping residues with the previous peptide and 12 overlapping residues with the following peptide in the ladder. In total, 47 peptides were generated from the ECD1-ECD3 chimeric construct and 15 peptides from the ECD2 sequence.
- a second library of peptides was generated by using the same peptides but flanked by a cysteine residue at the N- and C-terminus to mimic loops by forming a disulfide bridge through oxidation.
- peptide-antibody binding was performed by RepliTope-analysis where the peptide microarray (triplicate) was incubated with the primary antibody followed by a fluorescently labelled secondary antibody directed against the Fc-part of the primary one. All steps were performed on a TECAN microarray processing station enabling highly reliable and reproducible washing and incubation steps. After performing the incubation steps and subsequent to the final washing steps (to remove the unbound secondary antibodies) the microarrays were dried using a nitrogen stream and scanned in a high resolution microarray scanning system with appropriate wavelength settings. Control incubations were performed with an unrelated antibody having the same isotype to exclude false positive signals.
- the resulting images were analyzed und quantified using spot-recognition software GenePix (Molecular Devices). For each spot, the mean signal intensity was extracted (between 0 and 65535 arbitrary units). For further data evaluation, the MMC2 values were determined. The MMC2 equals the mean value of all three instances on the microarray. Except the coefficient of variation (CV) - standard-deviation divided by the mean value - is larger 0.5, in this case the mean of the two closest values (MC2) is assigned to MMC2.
- CV coefficient of variation
- TMEM16A Two commercial antibodies (SP-31 and BV-10) recognizing TMEM16A were tested against a panel of normal and tumor tissue arrays.
- Formalin fixed paraffin embedded arrays were obtained from Pantomics. Antibody concentrations were optimized prior to testing the arrays.
- An array (MN0341) containing 33 types of normal tissue was used to determine expression in patient critical tissues such as liver, kidney, heart. Multiple tumor arrays were tested containing tissue specific normal and cancerous tissue.
- Addition arrays were obtained from Biomax and tested with SP-31 , BV- 10 and isotype control. Arrays tested included FDA955 normal tissue array, GIST881 , gastrointestinal stromal tumor array, and FIN802 a head and neck tumor array.
- TMEM16A Cell surface localization of TMEM16A was tested in two different assay systems, formalin fixed paraffin embedded (FFPE) cell line pellets and expression of the TMEM 16A-GFP tagged ORF in Hela and HEK293 cells.
- FFPE formalin fixed paraffin embedded
- Formalin fixed paraffin embedded cell line pellets Gastrointestinal stromal tumor cell lines GIST882 were cultured, embedded in paraffin and formalin fixed. The resulting pellets were incubated with either SP-31 or IgG isotype control. The detailed method is described herein: cells were grown to 80% confluence in T 150 flasks, media was aspirated and cells rinsed twice with 40 ml of sterile PBS. Cells were initially fixed for 10 min using 40 ml of 10% neutral buffered formalin. Cells were then detached using a scraper and collected into a 50ml conical tube. Fixation was continued for an additional two hours.
- TMEM16A-GFP Cell surface localization of TMEM16A-GFP: Hela and HEK293 cells have undectable levels of TMEM16A mRNA and protein as measured by RTPCR and Western blot, respectively. Hela and HEK293 cells were transfected with a TMEM16A-GFP fusion protein.
- the cDNA ORF ( M 018043.4) was obtained in a plasmid vector pCMV6-AC-gfp (Origene).
- the cDNA is GFP tagged at the C-terminus to allow quantification of the expressed protein.
- the vector only was used.
- Hela-TMEM 16 A-GFP Hek293-TMEM16A-GFP stable cell line and Hela-vector only-GFP Hek293-vector only-GFP stable cell line was built following transfection with Fugene HD and selection using geneticin 400ug/ml.
- TMEM16A-GFP is seen only in the cell membrane in Hela TMEM16A overexpressing cells (FIG. 4a(B)). Fluorescence light microscopy shows that the vector control GFP signal is evident throughout the HEK293 cells (FIG. 4b(A)). In contrast TMEM16A-GFP is seen only in the cell membrane in HEK293 TMEM16A overexpressing cells (FIG. 4b(B)).
- GIST882 cells were trypsinized and resuspended at lxl0 6 /ml in growth medium (RPMI-1640). 1 ml of cell suspension was added to ten 5 ml BD Falcon tubes, cells were pelleted, medium aspirated and cell pellets disrupted by agitation. All subsequent washes and dilutions were in phosphate buffered saline plus 1 % fetal bovine serum. Neat 5E2D1 tissue culture supernatant or isotype control (1 ⁇ gml-l) was added for 30 min at 4°C. Cells were washed and tubes were placed in a 37°C water bath for 0 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 hour or 4 hours.
- step 1 500 dilution of anti-mouse Alexa635 (Invitrogen) was added for 30 min at 4°C. Cells were washed again and returned to 4°C prior to analysis on a BD LSRII.
- 5E2D1 antibody recognizes an extracellular portion of the TMEM16A molecule in ECD2.
- TMEM16A expressing GIST882 cells we were able to demonstrate good staining by flow cytometry using an APC secondary antibody (SP-31 and BV-10 did not work in flow cytometry assays) as shown in FIG. 5 (B) time 0.
- the normal flow cytometry staining protocol was adjusted to assess internalization of TMEM16A 5E2D1. Instead of the protocol to add primary, wash, add secondary, wash then read; for internalization we added primary, washed, incubate at 37°C for 15 minutes to 4 hours, added secondary, washed then read.
- 12E11 antibody recognizes an extracellular portion of the TMEM16A molecule in
- TMEM16A expressing HEK293 cells we were able to demonstrate good staining by flow cytometry using an APC secondary antibody (SP-31 and BV-10 did not work in flow cytometry assays) as shown in FIG. 4b(D) time 0.
- the flow cytometry staining protocol was adjusted to assess internalization of TMEM16A 12E11. Instead of the protocol to add primary, wash, add secondary, wash then read; for internalization we added primary, washed, incubate at 37°C for 15 minutes to 4 hours, added secondary, washed then read. We were able to demonstrate a rapid loss of TMEM16A signal within 5 minutes of cells being placed at 37°C FIG. 5(C).
- the CellTiter-Glo® (CTG) Assay (Promega) is a homogeneous method of determining cell viability based on quantitation of ATP levels.
- the assay was used according to the manufacture's instructions. Briefly substrate and buffer were combined and mixed to form the reagent. Cells were plated in assay medium in costar 96 well white plates (Corning # 3903) were left in a humidified 37oC incubator for the desired assay lenghth. To a total volume of 100 ul of cells plus treatment an equal volume of CTG assay reagent was added. CTG luminescence was read after 10 minutes incubation at room temperature. Luminescence was measured using an EnVisionTM 2100 multi-label reader (PerkinElmerTM) .
- GIST882 cells were incubated with a ten-fold dilution series of Saporin, with a top dose of 1 ⁇ . Unconjugated Saporin effectively killed GIST882 cells at 1 ⁇ with an IC50 of approximately 100 nM FIG. 6(A).
- To assess the effect of specific antibody mediated killing secondary antibody was prepared to a final dose of 200 ng per ml in all wells. The primary antibodies were prepared to generate a 10 fold serial dilution across the plate.
- 5E2D1 was able to induce killing of GIST882 cells in the presence of Saporin conjugated mouse-zap at the highest doses. No killing was observed when the same experiment was set up with equivalent doses of 5E2D1 plus saporin conjugated gaot-zap were used (FIG. 6(C)). Killing was specifically induced only in the presence of 5E2D1 and species specific secondary, ruling out a non-specific effect of 5E2D1 only.
- Hek293-TMEM16A cells were seeded at 5000 cells per well into a 96 well white walled plate. After 24 h 12E1 1 was titrated out in 10 fold serial dilutions into a species specific anti-rat secondary antibody coupled to saporin or non-specifc goat-zap control. Secondary antibody concentrations were normalized to lOOng per well throughout. Primary antibody concentration top doses started at ⁇ . Antibody was spiked onto the cells at l Ox final and cells harvested in a CTG assay 72h later. 12E1 1 killing was observed only in the presence of specific secondary antibody FIG. 6(D).
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides molecules that bind to TMEM16A ("TMEM16A binding molecules"), particularly human or humanized antibodies and antibody drug conjugates that bind to human TMEM16A and modulate its functions. Epitopes of TMEM16A and molecules that bind these epitopes are also provided herein.
Description
MOLECULES AND METHODS FOR MODULATING TMEM16A ACTIVITIES
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0001] The present invention relates to antigen binding molecules to TMEM16A, epitopes bound by those molecules, and methods of using the molecules.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0002] TMEM16A has been identified as a calcium activated chloride channel (see, e.g., Yang et ah, Nature, 455: 1210-1215 (2008)). It is also known by some other names, such as ANOl, TAOS2, ORAOV2, and DOG-1. TMEM16A belongs to the anoctamin/TMEM16 family of membrane proteins. This family includes other members, such as TMEM16B-K. A11 TMEM16 proteins have similar putative topology, consisting of eight transmembrane segments and cytosolic N- and C- termini (see, e.g., Galietta, Biophysical J. 97:3047-3053, (2009)).
[0003] Calcium activated chloride channels functions in many physiological processes, including transepithelial secretion, cardiac and neuronal excitation, sensory transduction, smooth muscle contraction, and fertilization. TMEM16A is potentially involved in epithelial fluid secretion, olfactory and phototransduction, neuronal and cardiac excitability, and regulation of vascular tone including gut motility (see, e.g., Galietta, 2009).
[0004] TMEM16A is also highly over expressed in some cancers, for example, gastrointestinal stromal tumor ("GIST"), and head and neck cancer. TMEM16A is located on chromosome 1 lql3 and it appears that amplification of this chromosomal region occurs in many tumors including almost half of oral squamous cell carcinomas (Huang et ah, Genes Chromosomes Cancer 45: 1058-1069, (2006)), and neck squamous cell carcinomas (Cares et ah, Oncogene 25: 1821 -1831 , (2006)).
[0005] GIST is the most common mesenchymal tumor found in the gastrointestinal tract. There is a high unmet medical need due to refractory, metastatic or resistant GIST. There is also a high unmet medical need to other cancers in which TMEM16A has been implicated.
BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0006] The present invention provides molecules that bind to TMEM16A ("TMEM16A binding molecules"), particularly TMEM16A binding molecules that specifically bind to the extracellular domain 2 ("ECD2") or extracellular domain 3 ("ECD3") of TMEM16A and internalize upon binding. In some embodiments, the TMEM16A binding molecules specifically bind to a peptide comprising or consisting of amino acids KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO: 3), or a portion thereof. In some embodiments, the TMEM16A binding molecules specifically bind to a peptide comprising or consisting of amino acids RYKDYREPPWS (SEQ ID NO: 4), or a portion thereof. In some embodiments, the TMEM16A binding molecules are human or humanized antibodies, antibody fragments, and antibody drug conjugates ("ADC"). The present invention further provides an antigenic peptide comprising or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO:3) or RYKDYREPPWS (SEQ ID NO:4), and uses thereof.
[0007] In one embodiment, the present invention provides TMEM16A binding molecules comprising an antigen binding portion of an antibody that specifically binds to TMEM 16A, wherein the antigen binding portion binds to (1) a peptide comprising or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO:3); and (2) ECD2 of TMEME16A comprising SEQ ID NO: 3.
[0008] In another embodiment, the present invention provides TMEM16A binding molecules comprising an antigen binding portion of an antibody that specifically binds to TMEM 16A, wherein the antigen binding portion binds to (1) a peptide comprising or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to RYKDYREPPWS (SEQ ID NO:4); and (2) ECD3 of TMEME16A comprising SEQ ID NO: 4
[0009] In one embodiment, the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention specifically bind to an epitope on TMEM16A that comprises or consists of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO:3), or a portion thereof.
[0010] In another embodiment, the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention specifically bind to an epitope on TMEM16A that comprises or consists of an amino acid sequence that is at
least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to RYKDYREPPWS (SEQ ID NO:4), or a portion thereof
[0011] In one embodiment, the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention comprise a Fab fragment, an Fab' fragment, an F(ab')2, or an Fv fragment of an antibody. In some
embodiments, the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention are a diabody or multivalent antibody comprising at least one antigen binding fragment that specifically binds to ECD2 or ECD3 of TMEM16A and internalize upon such binding. In some embodiments, the TMEM16A binding moclecules of the invention are a diabody or multivalent antibody comprising at least one antigen binding fragment that specifically bind to a peptide comprising or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to SEQ ID NO:3 or SEQ ID NO:4.
[0012] In some embodiments, the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention are monoclonal antibodies. In some embodiments, the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention are human or humanized monoclonal antibodies. Yet in some embodiments, the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention are chimeric antibodies.
[0013] In some embodiments, the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention are antibody drug conjugates, wherein the TMEM16 binding molecules are antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) linked to a therapeutic moiety (e.g., a cytotoxic agent, an anti-cancer agent). In one embodiment, the antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) are linked to a therapeutic moiety (e.g., a cytotoxic agent, an anti-cancer agent) via a linker. In another embodiment, the antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) are directly linked to a therapeutic moiety (e.g., a cytotoxic agent, an anti-cancer agent).
[0014] The present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention. [0015] The present invention also provides methods of treating cancer comprising
administering to a subject thereof a composition comprising therapeutically effective amount of the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention. In some embodiments, the present invention provides a composition comprising a TMEM16A binding molecule of the invention for use in treating cancer in an individual.
[0016] In some embodiments, the present invention provides methods of treating cancer that is selected from the group consisting of gastrointestinal cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, tumors of mesenchymal, epithelia, and stromal origin, esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, oral squamous cell carcinoma, cancers of the head and neck, and all cancers containing the 1 lql3 amplification, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a composition comprising therapeutically effective amount of the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention. In some embodiments, the present invention provides a composition comprising a TMEM16A binding molecule of the invention for use in treating cancer that is selected from the group consisting of gastrointestinal cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, tumors of mesenchymal, epithelia, and stromal origin, esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, oral squamous cell carcinoma, cancers of the head and neck, and all cancers containing the 1 lql3 amplification.
[0017] With respect to embodiments of the methods and medical uses, in some embodiments, a TMEM16A binding molecule of the invention is co-administered with one or more other agents. Optionally, a TMEM 16A binding molecule of the invention and a second agent are provided as a mixture. Optionally, a TMEM16A binding molecule of the invention and a second agent are provided in separate formulations.
Definitions
[0018] An "antibody" refers to a polypeptide of the immunoglobulin family that is capable of noncovalently, reversibly, and in a specific manner binding a corresponding antigen. An exemplary antibody structural unit comprises a tetramer. Each tetramer is composed of two identical pairs of polypeptide chains, each pair having one "light" (about 25 kD) and one "heavy" chain (about 50-70 kD), connected through a disulfide bond. The recognized immunoglobulin genes include the κ, λ, α, γ, δ, ε, and μ constant region genes, as well as the myriad immunoglobulin variable region genes. Light chains are classified as either κ or λ.
Heavy chains are classified as γ, μ, α, δ, or ε, which in turn define the immunoglobulin classes, IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD, and IgE, respectively. The N-terminus of each chain defines a variable region of about 100 to 110 or more amino acids primarily responsible for antigen recognition. The terms variable light chain (VL) and variable heavy chain (VH) refer to these regions of light and heavy chains respectively. As used in this application, an "antibody" encompasses all variations of antibodies that possess a particular binding specifically, e.g., for TMEM16A. Thus,
within the scope of this concept are, e.g., full length antibodies, chimeric antibodies, and humanized antibodies, and multimeric versions of these antibody fragments (e.g., multispecific, including bispecific, antibodies; multivalent antibodies) with the same binding specificity.
[0019] Antibodies exist as intact immunoglobulins or as a number of well-characterized fragments produced by digestion with various peptidases. Thus, for example, pepsin digests an antibody below the disulfide linkages in the hinge region to produce F(ab)'2, a dimer of Fab' which itself is a light chain joined to VH-CH1 by a disulfide bond. The F(ab)'2 may be reduced under mild conditions to break the disulfide linkage in the hinge region, thereby converting the F(ab)'2 dimer into an Fab' monomer. The Fab' monomer is essentially Fab with part of the hinge region. Paul, Fundamental Immunology 3d ed. (1993). While various antibody fragments are defined in terms of the digestion of an intact antibody, one of skill will appreciate that such fragments may be synthesized de novo either chemically or by using recombinant DNA methodology. As used in this application, an "antibody fragment" encompasses all variations of antibody fragments that possess a particular binding specifically, e.g., for TMEM16A. Thus, within the scope of this concept are, e.g., single chain antibodies (ScFv), Fab, Fab', and multimeric versions of these fragments (e.g., F(ab')2,).
[0020] An "antibody light chain" or an "antibody heavy chain" as used herein refers to a polypeptide comprising the VL or VH, respectively. The endogenous VL is encoded by the gene segments V (variable) and J (junctional), and the endogenous VH by V, D (diversity), and J. Each of VL or VH includes the CDRs as well as the framework regions. In this application, antibody light chains and/or antibody heavy chains may, from time to time, be collectively referred to as "antibody chains." These terms encompass antibody chains containing mutations that do not disrupt the basic structure of VL or VH, as one skilled in the art will readily recognize.
[0021] The term "antigen binding portion" of an antibody, as used herein, refers to one or more fragments of an intact antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to a given antigen (e.g., TEMEM16A). Antigen binding functions of an antibody can be performed by fragments of an intact antibody. Examples of binding fragments encompassed within the term "antigen binding portion" of an antibody include a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CHI domains; an F(ab)2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments (generally one from a heavy chain and one from a light chain) linked by a disulfide bridge at the
hinge region; an Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CHI domains; an Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody; a single domain antibody (dAb) fragment (Ward et al., 1989 Nature 341 :544-546), which consists of a VH domain; and an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR). As used herein, an "antigen-binding portion" of a TMEM16A binding molecule refers to the portion of a TMEM16A binding molecule that is responsible for the specific binding between the molecule and TMEM16A. There are at least one such antigen binding portion present in each TMEM16A binding molecule of the invention, and each of the antigen binding portion may be identical or different from the others. As used herein, the term "TMEM16A binding molecule" refers to any molecule
(including antibodies, antibody fragments and antibody drug conjugates (ADCs)) that specifically bind to TMEM16A.
[0022] Furthermore, although the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH, are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by an artificial peptide linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see, e.g., Bird et ah, 1988 Science 242:423-426; and Huston et al, 1988 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 85:5879-5883). Such single chain antibodies include one or more "antigen binding portions" of an antibody. These antibody fragments are obtained using conventional techniques known to those of skill in the art, and the fragments are screened for utility in the same manner as are intact antibodies.
[0023] Antigen binding portions can also be incorporated into single domain antibodies, maxibodies, minibodies, intrabodies, diabodies, triabodies, tetrabodies, v-NAR and bis-scFv (see, e.g., Hollinger and Hudson, 2005, Nature Biotechnology, 23, 9, 1 126-1136). Antigen binding portions of antibodies can be grafted into scaffolds based on polypeptides such as Fibronectin type III (Fn3) (see U.S. Pat. No. 6,703,199, which describes fibronectin polypeptide mo nobodies).
[0024] Antigen binding portions can be incorporated into single chain molecules comprising a pair of tandem Fv segments (VH -CHI- VH -CHI) which, together with complementary light chain polypeptides, form a pair of antigen binding regions (Zapata et al., 1995 Protein Eng. 8(10): 1057-1062; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,641 ,870).
[0025] "Complementarity-determining domains" or "complementary-determining regions ("CDRs") interchangeably refer to the hypervariable regions of VL and VR. The CDRs are the target protein-binding site of the antibody chains that harbors specificity for such target protein. There are three CDRs (CDRl-3, numbered sequentially from the N-terminus) in each human VL or VR, constituting about 15-20% of the variable domains. The CDRs are structurally complementary to the epitope of the target protein and are thus directly responsible for the binding specificity. The remaining stretches of the VL or VR, the so-called framework regions, exhibit less variation in amino acid sequence (Kuby, Immunology, 4th ed., Chapter 4. W.H. Freeman & Co., New York, 2000). [0026] The positions of the CDRs and framework regions can be determined using various well known definitions in the art, e.g., Kabat, Chothia, international ImMunoGeneTics database (IMGT) (on the worldwide web at imgt.cines.fr/), and AbM (see, e.g., Johnson et ah, Nucleic Acids Res., 29:205-206 (2001); Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol, 196:901-917 (1987); Chothia et ah, Nature, 342:877-883 (1989); Chothia et ah, J. Mol. Biol, 227:799-817 (1992); Al-Lazikani et ah, J.Mol.Biol., 273:927-748 (1997)). Definitions of antigen combining sites are also described in the following: Ruiz et ah, Nucleic Acids Res., 28:219-221 (2000); and Lefranc, M.P., Nucleic Acids Res., 29:207-209 (2001); MacCallum et ah, J. Mol. Biol, 262:732-745 (1996); and Martin et ah, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 86:9268-9272 (1989); Martin et ah, Methods EnzymoL, 203: 121-153 (1991); and Rees et ah, In Sternberg M.J.E. (ed.), Protein Structure Prediction, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 141-172 (1996).
[0027] The term "binding specificity determinant" or "BSD" interchangeably refer to the minimum contiguous or non-contiguous amino acid sequence within a complementary determining region necessary for determining the binding specificity of an antibody. A minimum binding specificity determinant can be within one or more CDR sequences. In some embodiments, the minimum binding specificity determinants reside within (i.e., are determined solely by) a portion or the full-length of the CDR3 sequences of the heavy and light chains of the antibody.
[0028] A "chimeric antibody" is an antibody molecule in which (a) the constant region, or a portion thereof, is altered, replaced or exchanged so that the antigen binding site (variable region) is linked to a constant region of a different or altered class, effector function and/or
species, or an entirely different molecule which confers new properties to the chimeric antibody, e.g., an enzyme, toxin, hormone, growth factor, and drug; or (b) the variable region, or a portion thereof, is altered, replaced or exchanged with a variable region having a different or altered antigen specificity. For example, a mouse anti-TMEM16A antibody can be modified by replacing its constant region with the constant region from a human immunoglobulin. Due to the replacement with a human constant region, the chimeric antibody can retain its specificity in recognizing human TMEM16A while having reduced antigenicity in a human patient as compared to the original mouse antibody.
[0029] Antibodies or antigen-binding molecules of the invention further includes one or more immunoglobulin chains that are chemically linked to, or expressed as, fusion proteins with other proteins. It also includes bispecific antibody. A bispecific or bifunctional antibody is an artificial hybrid antibody having two different heavy/light chain pairs and two different binding sites. Other antigen-binding fragments or antibody portions of the invention include bivalent scFv (diabody), bispecific scFv antibodies where the antibody molecule recognizes two different epitopes, single binding domains (dAbs), and minibodies.
[0030] The various antibodies or antigen-binding fragments described herein can be produced by enzymatic or chemical modification of the intact antibodies, or synthesized de novo using recombinant DNA methodologies (e.g., single chain Fv), or identified using phage display libraries (see, e.g., McCafferty et al., Nature 348:552-554, 1990). For example, minibodies can be generated using methods described in the art, e.g., Vaughan and Sollazzo, Comb Chem High Throughput Screen. 4:417-30 2001. Bispecific antibodies can be produced by a variety of methods including fusion of hybridomas or linking of Fab' fragments. See, e.g., Songsivilai & Lachmann, Clin. Exp. Immunol. 79:315-321 (1990); Kostelny et al, J. Immunol. 148, 1547-1553 (1992). Single chain antibodies can be identified using phage display libraries or ribosome display libraries, gene shuffled libraries. Such libraries can be constructed from synthetic, semisynthetic or native and immunocompetent sources.
[0031] The term "variable region" or "V-region" interchangeably refer to a heavy or light chain comprising FR1-CDR1-FR2-CDR2-FR3-CDR3-FR4. An endogenous variable region is encoded by immunoglobulin heavy chain V-D-J genes or light chain V-J genes. A V-region can be naturally occurring, recombinant or synthetic.
[0032] As used herein, the term "variable segment" or "V-segment" interchangeably refer to a subsequence of the variable region including FR1-CDR1-FR2-CDR2-FR3. An endogenous V-segment is encoded by an immunoglobulin V-gene. A V-segment can be naturally occurring, recombinant or synthetic. [0033] As used herein, the term "J-segment" refers to a subsequence of the variable region encoded comprising a C-terminal portion of a CDR3 and the FR4. An endogenous J-segment is encoded by an immunoglobulin J-gene. A J-segment can be naturally occurring, recombinant or synthetic.
[0034] A "humanized" antibody is an antibody that retains the reactivity of a non-human antibody while being less immunogenic in humans. This can be achieved, for instance, by retaining the non-human CDR regions and replacing the remaining parts of the antibody with their human counterparts. See, e.g., Morrison et ah, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81 :6851-6855 (1984); Morrison and Oi, Adv. Immunol, 44:65-92 (1988); Verhoeyen et ah, Science, 239: 1534- 1536 (1988); Padlan, Molec. Immun., 28:489-498 (1991); Padlan, Molec. Immun., 31(3): 169-217 (1994).
[0035] Methods for humanizing non-human antibodies are well known in the art. Generally, a humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a source which is non-human. These non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as import residues, which are typically taken from an import variable domain. Humanization can be essentially performed following the method of Winter and co-workers (see, e.g., Jones et ah, Nature
321 :522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al, Nature 332:323-327 (1988); Verhoeyen et al, Science 239: 1534-1536 (1988) and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 2:593-596 (1992)), by substituting rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody.
Accordingly, such humanized antibodies are chimeric antibodies (U.S. Patent No. 4,816,567), wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species. In practice, humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some complementary determining region ("CDR") residues and possibly some framework ("FR") residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
[0036] The term "corresponding human germline sequence" refers to the nucleic acid sequence encoding a human variable region amino acid sequence or subsequence that shares the highest determined amino acid sequence identity with a reference variable region amino acid sequence or subsequence in comparison to all other all other known variable region amino acid sequences encoded by human germline immunoglobulin variable region sequences. The corresponding human germline sequence can also refer to the human variable region amino acid sequence or subsequence with the highest amino acid sequence identity with a reference variable region amino acid sequence or subsequence in comparison to all other evaluated variable region amino acid sequences. The corresponding human germline sequence can be framework regions only, complementary determining regions only, framework and complementary determining regions, a variable segment (as defined above), or other combinations of sequences or subsequences that comprise a variable region. Sequence identity can be determined using the methods described herein, for example, aligning two sequences using BLAST, ALIGN, or another alignment algorithm known in the art. The corresponding human germline nucleic acid or amino acid sequence can have at least about 90%, 92%, 94%, 96%, 98%, 99% sequence identity with the reference variable region nucleic acid or amino acid sequence. Corresponding human germline sequences can be determined, for example, through the publicly available international
ImMunoGeneTics database (IMGT) (on the worldwide web at imgt.cines.fr/) and V-base (on the worldwide web at vbase.mrc-cpe.cam.ac.uk). [0037] The phrase "specifically (or selectively) bind," when used in the context of describing the interaction between an antigen, e.g., a protein, to an antibody or antibody-derived binding molecule, refers to a binding reaction that is determinative of the presence of the antigen in a heterogeneous population of proteins and other biologies, e.g., in a biological sample, e.g., a blood, serum, plasma or tissue sample. Thus, under designated immunoassay conditions, the antibodies or binding molecules with a particular binding specificity bind to a particular antigen at least two times the background and do not substantially bind in a significant amount to other antigens present in the sample. Specific binding to an antibody or binding molecule under such conditions may require the antibody or molecule to have been selected for its specificity for a particular protein. A variety of immunoassay formats may be used to select antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a particular protein. For example, solid-phase ELISA immunoassays are routinely used to select antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a protein
(see, e.g., Harlow & Lane, Using Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual (1998), for a description of immunoassay formats and conditions that can be used to determine specific immuno reactivity). Typically a specific or selective binding reaction will produce a signal at least twice over the background signal and more typically at least than 10 to 100 times over the background.
[0038] The term "equilibrium dissociation constant (KD, M)" refers to the dissociation rate constant (kd, time"1) divided by the association rate constant (ka, time"1, M"1). Equilibrium dissociation constants can be measured using any known method in the art. The antibodies of the present invention generally will have an equilibrium dissociation constant of less than about 10"7 or 10"8 M, for example, less than about 10"9 M or 10"10 M, in some embodiments, less than about 10"11 M, 10"12 M or 10"13 M.
[0039] The term "epitope" refers to a site on an antigen to which a TMEM16A binding molecule of the invention specifically binds. Epitopes can be formed both from contiguous amino acids or noncontiguous amino acids juxtaposed by tertiary folding of a protein. Epitopes formed from contiguous amino acids are typically retained on exposure to denaturing solvents, whereas epitopes formed by tertiary folding are typically lost on treatment with denaturing solvents. An epitope typically includes at least 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 , 12, 13, 14 or 15 amino acids in a unique spatial conformation. Methods of determining spatial conformation of epitopes include techniques in the art and those described herein, for example, x-ray crystallography and 2-dimensional nuclear magnetic resonance (see, e.g., Epitope Mapping Protocols in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 66, G. E. Morris, Ed. (1996)).
[0040] The term "TMEM16A" refer to a calcium activated chloride channel belongs to the anoctamin/TEME 16 family of membrane proteins. TMEM16 family has ten currently known members. TMEM16A and TEMEM16B are the most homologous. TMEM16A pore forming region is highly conserved across the family. TMEM16A is expressed at high levels on certain cancer cells, such as gastrointestinal tract and head and neck cancers. The TMEM16A has four known splice variants named a, b, c. and d (see Table 1). Functional TMEM16A can be one of the following combinations of the splice variants: ac, abc, acd, or the abed isoform. There is not a known isoform lacking all splice variants that is a functional chloride channel. The nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of human TMEM16A are known, and have been published in, e.g., Caputo A. et al, Science, 24:322(5901)590-594 (2008). One of the isoforms (the full length
amino acid sequence) corresponds to NP 060513.5 plus a 22 amino acid in-frame insert variant b (ANO 1-007 ENSP00000433445) from the Ensembl database (see the website at
http://uswest.ensembl.org/index.html). TMEM16A sequences in some other species are also known. For example, mouse TMEM16A ( M_178642, NP_848757, Gene ID 101772) and rat TMEM16A (NM_001 107564, NP_848757, Gene ID 309135) have been published. Structurally, a TMEM16A protein has eight transmembrane segments and cytosolic amino- and carboxy termini. TMEM16A also encompasses proteins that are a calcium activated chloride channel and have over its full length at least about 90%, 91 %, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: l describe in Table 1 below. A TMEM16A nucleic acid sequence has over its full length at least about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% sequence identity with the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 described in Table 1 below.
[0041] "Activity" of a protein of the invention refers to structural, regulatory, or biochemical functions of a protein in its native cell or tissue. Examples of activity of a polypeptide include both direct activities and indirect activities. Exemplary activities of TMEM16A include its role as a calcium activated chloride channel in normal epithelia cells, its robust overexpression in gastrointestinal stromal tumors, and its localization in the 1 lql3 amplicon present in esophagus squamous cell carcinomas. Therapeutically, antagonists of TMEM16A (e.g., antagonistic anti- TMEM16A antibodies) confer antitumor responses in vivo. [0042] The term "isolated," when applied to a nucleic acid or protein, denotes that the nucleic acid or protein is essentially free of other cellular components with which it is associated in the natural state. It is preferably in a homogeneous state. It can be in either a dry or aqueous solution. Purity and homogeneity are typically determined using analytical chemistry techniques such as polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis or high performance liquid chromatography. A protein that is the predominant species present in a preparation is substantially purified. In particular, an isolated gene is separated from open reading frames that flank the gene and encode a protein other than the gene of interest. The term "purified" denotes that a nucleic acid or protein gives rise to essentially one band in an electrophoretic gel. Particularly, it means that the nucleic acid or protein is at least 85% pure, more preferably at least 95% pure, and most preferably at least 99% pure.
[0043] The term "nucleic acid" or "polynucleotide" refers to deoxyribonucleic acids (DNA) or ribonucleic acids (R A) and polymers thereof in either single- or double-stranded form. Unless specifically limited, the term encompasses nucleic acids containing known analogues of natural nucleotides that have similar binding properties as the reference nucleic acid and are metabolized in a manner similar to naturally occurring nucleotides. Unless otherwise indicated, a particular nucleic acid sequence also implicitly encompasses conservatively modified variants thereof (e.g., degenerate codon substitutions), alleles, orthologs, SNPs, and complementary sequences as well as the sequence explicitly indicated. Specifically, degenerate codon substitutions may be achieved by generating sequences in which the third position of one or more selected (or all) codons is substituted with mixed-base and/or deoxyinosine residues (Batzer et ah, Nucleic Acid Res. 19:5081 (1991); Ohtsuka et ah, J. Biol. Chem. 260:2605-2608 (1985); and Rossolini et ah, Mol. Cell. Probes 8:91 -98 (1994)).
[0044] The terms "polypeptide," "peptide," and "protein" are used interchangeably herein to refer to a polymer of amino acid residues. The terms apply to amino acid polymers in which one or more amino acid residue is an artificial chemical mimetic of a corresponding naturally occurring amino acid, as well as to naturally occurring amino acid polymers and non-naturally occurring amino acid polymer.
[0045] The term "amino acid" refers to naturally occurring and synthetic amino acids, as well as amino acid analogs and amino acid mimetics that function in a manner similar to the naturally occurring amino acids. Naturally occurring amino acids are those encoded by the genetic code, as well as those amino acids that are later modified, e.g., hydroxyproline, γ-carboxyglutamate, and O-phosphoserine. Amino acid analogs refer to compounds that have the same basic chemical structure as a naturally occurring amino acid, i.e., an a-carbon that is bound to a hydrogen, a carboxyl group, an amino group, and an R group, e.g., homoserine, norleucine, methionine sulfoxide, methionine methyl sulfonium. Such analogs have modified R groups
(e.g., norleucine) or modified peptide backbones, but retain the same basic chemical structure as a naturally occurring amino acid. Amino acid mimetics refers to chemical compounds that have a structure that is different from the general chemical structure of an amino acid, but that functions in a manner similar to a naturally occurring amino acid.
[0046] "Conservatively modified variants" applies to both amino acid and nucleic acid sequences. With respect to particular nucleic acid sequences, conservatively modified variants refers to those nucleic acids which encode identical or essentially identical amino acid sequences, or where the nucleic acid does not encode an amino acid sequence, to essentially identical sequences. Because of the degeneracy of the genetic code, a large number of functionally identical nucleic acids encode any given protein. For instance, the codons GCA, GCC, GCG and GCU all encode the amino acid alanine. Thus, at every position where an alanine is specified by a codon, the codon can be altered to any of the corresponding codons described without altering the encoded polypeptide. Such nucleic acid variations are "silent variations," which are one species of conservatively modified variations. Every nucleic acid sequence herein which encodes a polypeptide also describes every possible silent variation of the nucleic acid. One of skill will recognize that each codon in a nucleic acid (except AUG, which is ordinarily the only codon for methionine, and TGG, which is ordinarily the only codon for tryptophan) can be modified to yield a functionally identical molecule. Accordingly, each silent variation of a nucleic acid that encodes a polypeptide is implicit in each described sequence.
[0047] As to amino acid sequences, one of skill will recognize that individual substitutions, deletions or additions to a nucleic acid, peptide, polypeptide, or protein sequence which alters, adds or deletes a single amino acid or a small percentage of amino acids in the encoded sequence is a "conservatively modified variant" where the alteration results in the substitution of an amino acid with a chemically similar amino acid. Conservative substitution tables providing functionally similar amino acids are well known in the art. Such conservatively modified variants are in addition to and do not exclude polymorphic variants, interspecies homologs, and alleles of the invention.
[0048] The following eight groups each contain amino acids that are conservative substitutions for one another:
1) Alanine (A), Glycine (G);
2) Aspartic acid (D), Glutamic acid (E);
3) Asparagine (N), Glutamine (Q);
4) Arginine (R), Lysine (K);
5) Isoleucine (I), Leucine (L), Methionine (M), Valine (V);
6) Phenylalanine (F), Tyrosine (Y), Tryptophan (W);
7) Serine (S), Threonine (T); and
8) Cysteine (C), Methionine (M) (see, e.g., Creighton, Proteins (1984)).
[0049] "Percentage of sequence identity" is determined by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over a comparison window, wherein the portion of the polynucleotide sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) as compared to the reference sequence (e.g. , a polypeptide of the invention), which does not comprise additions or deletions, for optimal alignment of the two sequences. The percentage is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base or amino acid residue occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity.
[0050] The terms "identical" or percent "identity," in the context of two or more nucleic acids or polypeptide sequences, refer to two or more sequences or subsequences that are the same sequences. Two sequences are "substantially identical" if two sequences have a specified percentage of amino acid residues or nucleotides that are the same (i.e., 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% sequence identity over a specified region, or, when not specified, over the entire sequence of a reference sequence), when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence over a comparison window, or designated region as measured using one of the following sequence comparison algorithms or by manual alignment and visual inspection. Optionally, the identity exists over a region that is at least about 15, 25 or 50 nucleotides in length, or more preferably over a region that is 100 to 500 or 1000 or more nucleotides in length, or over the full length of the reference sequence. With respect to amino acid sequences, identity or substantial identity can exist over a region that is at least 5, 10, 15 or 20 amino acids in length, optionally at least about 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 75 or 100 amino acids in length, optionally at least about 150, 200 or 250 amino acids in length, or over the full length of the reference sequence. With respect to shorter amino acid sequences, e.g., amino acid sequences of 20 or fewer amino acids, substantial identity exists when one or two amino acid residues are conservatively substituted, according to the conservative substitutions defined herein.
[0051] For sequence comparison, typically one sequence acts as a reference sequence, to which test sequences are compared. When using a sequence comparison algorithm, test and reference sequences are entered into a computer, subsequence coordinates are designated, if necessary, and sequence algorithm program parameters are designated. Default program parameters can be used, or alternative parameters can be designated. The sequence comparison algorithm then calculates the percent sequence identities for the test sequences relative to the reference sequence, based on the program parameters.
[0052] A "comparison window", as used herein, includes reference to a segment of any one of the number of contiguous positions selected from the group consisting of from 20 to 600, usually about 50 to about 200, more usually about 100 to about 150 in which a sequence may be compared to a reference sequence of the same number of contiguous positions after the two sequences are optimally aligned. Methods of alignment of sequences for comparison are well known in the art. Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison can be conducted, e.g., by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman (1970) Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482c, by the homology alignment algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch (1970) J. Mol. Biol. 48:443, by the search for similarity method of Pearson and Lipman (1988) Proc. Nat 'l. Acad. Sci. USA 85:2444, by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Dr., Madison, WI), or by manual alignment and visual inspection (see, e.g., Ausubel et ah, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (1995 supplement)).
[0053] Two examples of algorithms that are suitable for determining percent sequence identity and sequence similarity are the BLAST and BLAST 2.0 algorithms, which are described in Altschul et al. (1977) Nuc. Acids Res. 25:3389-3402, and Altschul et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410, respectively. Software for performing BLAST analyses is publicly available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information. This algorithm involves first identifying high scoring sequence pairs (HSPs) by identifying short words of length W in the query sequence, which either match or satisfy some positive -valued threshold score T when aligned with a word of the same length in a database sequence. T is referred to as the
neighborhood word score threshold (Altschul et al , supra). These initial neighborhood word hits act as seeds for initiating searches to find longer HSPs containing them. The word hits are extended in both directions along each sequence for as far as the cumulative alignment score can
be increased. Cumulative scores are calculated using, for nucleotide sequences, the parameters M (reward score for a pair of matching residues; always > 0) and N (penalty score for mismatching residues; always < 0). For amino acid sequences, a scoring matrix is used to calculate the cumulative score. Extension of the word hits in each direction are halted when: the cumulative alignment score falls off by the quantity X from its maximum achieved value; the cumulative score goes to zero or below, due to the accumulation of one or more negative-scoring residue alignments; or the end of either sequence is reached. The BLAST algorithm parameters W, T, and X determine the sensitivity and speed of the alignment. The BLASTN program (for nucleotide sequences) uses as defaults a wordlength (W) of 1 1 , an expectation (E) or 10, M=5, N=-4 and a comparison of both strands. For amino acid sequences, the BLASTP program uses as defaults a wordlength of 3, and expectation (E) of 10, and the BLOSUM62 scoring matrix (see Henikoff and Henikoff (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 10915) alignments (B) of 50, expectation (E) of 10, M=5, N=-4, and a comparison of both strands.
[0054] The BLAST algorithm also performs a statistical analysis of the similarity between two sequences (see, e.g., Karlin and Altschul (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:5873-5787). One measure of similarity provided by the BLAST algorithm is the smallest sum probability (P( )), which provides an indication of the probability by which a match between two nucleotide or amino acid sequences would occur by chance. For example, a nucleic acid is considered similar to a reference sequence if the smallest sum probability in a comparison of the test nucleic acid to the reference nucleic acid is less than about 0.2, more preferably less than about 0.01 , and most preferably less than about 0.001.
[0055] An indication that two nucleic acid sequences or polypeptides are substantially identical is that the polypeptide encoded by the first nucleic acid is immunologically cross reactive with the antibodies raised against the polypeptide encoded by the second nucleic acid, as described below. Thus, a polypeptide is typically substantially identical to a second polypeptide, for example, where the two peptides differ only by conservative substitutions. Another indication that two nucleic acid sequences are substantially identical is that the two molecules or their complements hybridize to each other under stringent conditions, as described below. Yet another indication that two nucleic acid sequences are substantially identical is that the same primers can be used to amplify the sequence.
[0056] The term "cytotoxic agent" as used herein refers to a substance that inhibits or prevents the function of cells and/or causes destruction of cells. A cytotoxic agent can be, but not limited to, chemotherapeutic agents, toxins such as small molecule toxins or enzymatically active toxins of bacterial, fungal, plant or animal origin, including synthetic analogs and derivatives thereof, and radioactive isotopes (e.g., 211At, 131I, 125I, 90Y, 186Re, 188Re, 153Sm, 212Bi, 32P, 60C, and radioactive isotopes of Lu).
[0057] The term "anti-cancer agent" as used herein refers to any agent that can be used to treat a cell proliferative disorder such as cancer, including but not limited to, cytotoxic agents, chemotherapeutic agents, radiotherapy and radiotherapeutic agents, targeted anti-cancer agents, and immunotherapeutic agents.
[0058] The term "link," when used in the context of describing how the antigen-binding portion are connected within a TMEM16A binding molecule of this invention, encompasses all possible means for physically joining the regions. A antigen-binding portion of a TMEM1A binding molecule of the invention and other portions of the molecule (e.g., a cytotoxic agent) are frequently joined by chemical bonds such as a covalent bond (e.g. , a peptide bond or a disulfide bond) or a non-covalent bond, which can be either a direct bond (i.e., without a linker) or indirect bond (i.e., with the aid of at least one linker molecule between the antigen binding portion and the other portion, such as a cytotoxic agent).
[0059] The terms "subject," "patient," and "individual" interchangeably refer to a mammal, for example, a human or a non-human primate mammal. The mammal can also be a laboratory mammal, e.g., mouse, rat, rabbit, hamster. In some embodiments, the mammal can be an agricultural mammal (e.g., equine, ovine, bovine, porcine, camelid) or domestic mammal (e.g., canine, feline).
[0060] The term "treat" and "treatment" refer to both therapeutic treatment and prophylactic or preventive measures, wherein the object is to prevent or slow down an undesired physiological change or disorder, such as the development or spread of cancer. For purpose of this invention, beneficial or desired clinical results include, but are not limited to, alleviation of symptoms, diminishment of extent of disease, stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of disease, delay or slowing of disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state, and remission
(whether partial or total), whether detectable or undetectable. "Treatment" can also mean prolonging survival as compared to expected survival if not receiving treatment.
[0061] The term "therapeutically acceptable amount" or "therapeutically effective dose" interchangeably refer to an amount sufficient to effect the desired result (i.e., a reduction in tumor size, inhibition of tumor growth). In some embodiments, a therapeutically acceptable amount does not induce or cause undesirable side effects. A therapeutically acceptable amount can be determined by first administering a low dose, and then incrementally increasing that dose until the desired effect is achieved. A "therapeutically effective dosage" of a TMEM16A binding molecule of the invention can prevent the onset of, or result in a decrease in severity of, respectively, disease symptoms, including symptoms associated with cancer.
[0062] The term "co-administer" refers to the simultaneous presence of two active agents in the blood of an individual. Active agents that are co-administered can be concurrently or sequentially delivered.
[0063] As used herein, the phrase "consisting essentially of refers to the genera or species of active pharmaceutical agents included in a method or composition, as well as any excipients inactive for the intended purpose of the methods or compositions. In some embodiments, the phrase "consisting essentially of expressly excludes the inclusion of one or more additional active agents other than an anti-TMEM16A antibody (or fragments thereof, antibody drug conjugates thereof) of the invention. In some embodiments, the phrase "consisting essentially of expressly excludes the inclusion of one or more additional active agents other than an anti- TMEM16A antibody (or fragments thereof, antibody drug conjugates thereof) of the invention and a second co-administered agent.
[0064] The terms "cancer-associated antigen" or "tumor-associated antigen" or "tumor- specific marker" or "tumor marker" interchangeably refers to a molecule (typically protein, carbohydrate or lipid) that is preferentially expressed on the surface of a cancer cell in comparison to a normal cell, and which is useful for the preferential targeting of a
pharmacological agent to the cancer cell. Oftentimes, a cancer-associated antigen is a cell surface molecule that is overexpressed in a cancer cell in comparison to a normal cell, for instance, 1-fold over expression, 2-fold overexpression, 3-fold overexpression or more in comparison to a normal cell. Oftentimes, a cancer-associated antigen is a cell surface molecule
that is inappropriately synthesized in the cancer cell, for instance, a molecule that contains deletions, additions or mutations in comparison to the molecule expressed on a normal cell. Oftentimes, a cancer-associated antigen will be expressed exclusively on the cell surface of a cancer cell and not synthesized or expressed on the surface of a normal cell. Exemplified cell surface tumor markers include the proteins c-erbB-2 and human epidermal growth factor receptor (HER) for breast cancer, PSMA for prostate cancer, and carbohydrate mucins in numerous cancers, including breast, ovarian and colorectal.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0065] FIG. 1 Shows human TMEM16A topology. Peptide sequence and localization of the 5E2D1 TMEM16A antibody binding region on the ECD2, and peptide sequence and localization of the 12E1 1 TMEM16A antibody binding region on the ECD3, are shown respectively.
[0066] FIG. 2 shows representative images from Pantomics tissue array. Images show staining of formalin fixed paraffin embedded tissues incubated with SP-31 ab64085 (a rabbit antibody against human TMEM16A). (A) normal spleen; (B) normal breast; (C) normal testes; (D) normal stomach; (E) normal small intestine; (F) normal heart; (G) malignant stromal tumor stomach; (H) malignant stromal tumor small intestine; and (I) normal liver.
[0067] FIG. 3 shows cell surface localization of endogenous TMEM16A in GIST882 cells.
(A) cell surface staining with IgG isotype control; (B) cell surface staining with SP-31 ab64085.
[0068] FIG. 4a (A) shows cell surface localization of over-expressed TMEM16A in Hela cells. Hela stable cell lines were generated expressing either (A) pCMV6-AC-GFP vector only; or 4a
(B) pCMV6-AC-TMEM16A-GFP. Expression of TMEM16A is restricted to the plasma membrane of the cells. Cells imaged at 20x magnification. FIG.4b: HEK293 stable cell lines were generated expressing either pCMV6-AC-GFP vector only (A) or pCMV6-AC-TMEM16A- GFP (B). Cell lines were imaged using a fluorescence microscope and GFP expression measured. Expression of the vector only was seen in the cytoplasm of stable cells, TMEM16A is restricted to the plasma membrane of the stable cell line cells. Cells imaged at 60x magnification. 12E1 1 binding to HEK293 stable cell lines was measured using flow cytometry in vector only
(C) or TMEM16A (D) expressing cell lines. 12E1 1 binding was compared to isotype control
antibody binding. FACS expression as measured by median fluorescence intensity was detected only in HEK293-TMEM16A cells in the presence of 12E1 1 not isotype control.
[0069] FIG. 5 shows internalization of TMEM16A following 5E2D1 binding in GIST882 cells. 5E2D1 reacts strongly to GIST882 cells in flow cytometry assays. (A) shows the raw flow cytometry data. The median fluorescence intensities were calculated and are shown graphed (B). FIG.5 (C) shows 12E1 1 binding to HEK293-TMEM16A cells in flow cytometry assays. The graph shows the median fluorescence intensity flow cytometry data. By incubating cells labeled with 12E1 1 for 0,5,10,15,20,40,60, 120 min at 37°C prior to addition of the secondary antibody TMEM16A median fluorescence intensity values drop to close to isotype control levels (median 93). No loss of signal intensity was seen at 4°C.
[0070] FIG. 6 shows effect of Saporin and antibody conjugated Saporin on GIST882 cells. (A) demonstrates cell killing in the presence of free Saporin. (B) shows the effects of antibody Saporin with different primary antibodies. (C) shows the effects of isotype control (filled triangle) or 5E2D1 (filled square) incubated with control goat- zap antibody conjugated Saporin. (D) Hek293-TMEM16A cells were seeded at 5000 cells per well into a 96 well white walled plate. After 24 h 12E1 1 was titrated out in 10 fold serial dilutions into a species specific anti-rat secondary antibody coupled to saporin or non-specifc goat-zap control. Secondary antibody concentrations were normalized to lOOng per well throughout. Primary antibody concentration top doses started at ΙΟΟηΜ. Antibody was spiked onto the cells at lOx final and cells harvested in a CTG assay 72h later. 12E1 1 killing was observed only in the presence of specific secondary antibody.
[0071] FIG. 7 shows SP31 ab64085 recognizes a different epitope within ECD2 of
TMEM16A, as compared to 5E2D1.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0072] The present invention provides molecules that bind to TMEM16A ("TMEM 16 A binding molecules"), particularly human or humanized antibodies, antibody fragments, and antibody drug conjugates (ADCs) that bind to TMEM16A and modulate its functions. Epitopes of TMEM16A and molecules that bind to these epitopes are also provided herein. The
TMEM16A binding molecules (e.g., antibodies, antibody fragments, and antibody drag conjugates) of the present invention find uses in diagnosis and treatment of cancer, e.g., gastrointestinal cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, tumors of mesenchymal, epithelia, and stromal origin, esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, oral squamous cell carcinoma, cancers of the head and neck, and all other cancers containing the 11 ql 3 amplification; as well as in diagnosis and treatment of other diseases, such as infections, inflammatory or immunological diseases.
[0073] The full length sequence of human TMEM16A is described in Caputo A. et al.,
Science, 24:322(5901)590-594 (2008), and is shown in Table 1 as SEQ ID NO: 1 (amino acid sequence) and SEQ ID NO:2 (nucleic acid sequence). This is the full length amino acid sequence corresponding to NP 060513.5 plus a 22 amino acid in- frame insert variant b [ANOl- 007 ENSP00000433445] from the Ensembl database (see, http://uswest.ensembl.org/index.html).
Table 1. Human TMEM16A Amino Acid and Nucleic Acid Sequences
Amino acid sequence of human TMEM16A(abcd) (SEQ ID NO: 1 , 1008 amino acids).
I^ EKYSTLPAEDRSVHIINI(^IEDIGYLPSEGTLLNSLSVDPDAECKYGLYFRDGRRKVDYILVYHHKRPSGNRTL
VRRVQHSDTPSGARSVKQDHPLPGKGASLDAGSGEPPMDYHEDDKRFRREEYEGNLLEAGLELERDEDTKIHGVGFVKI
HAPWNVLCREAEFLKLKMPTKKMYHINETRGLLKKINSVLQKITDPIQPKVAEHRPQTMKRLSYPFSREKQHLFDLSDK DSFFDSKTRSTIVYEILKRTTCTKAKYSMGQGEGRKKDSALLSKRRKCGKYGITSLLANGVYAAAYPLHDGDYNGENVE FNDRKLLYEEWARYGVFYKYQPIDLVRKYFGEKIGLYFAWLGVYTQMLIPASIVGIIVFLYGCATMDENIPSMEMCDQR HNITMCPLCDKTCSYWKMSSACATARASHLFDNPATVFFSVFMALWAATFMEHWKRKQMRLNYRWDLTGFEEEEEAVKD HPRAEYEARVLEKSLKKESRNKEKRRHIPEESTNKWKQRV TAMAGV LTDKVKLTWRDRFPAYLTNLVS I IFMIAVTF AIVLGVI IYRISMAAALAMNSSPSVRS IRVTVTATAVI INLWI ILLDEVYGCIARWLTKIEVPKTEKSFEERLIFKA FLLKFVNSYTPIFYVAFFKGRFVGRPGDYVYIFRSFRMEECAPGGCLMELCIQLSIIMLGKQLIQNNLFEIGIPKMKKL IRYLKLKQQSPPDHEECVKRKQRYEVDYNLEPFAGLTPEYMEMI IQFGFVTLFVASFPLAPLFALLN I IE IRLDAKKF VTELRRPVAVRAKDIGIWYNILRGIGKLAVI INAFVISFTSDFIPRLVYLYMYSKNGTMHGFVNHTLSSFNVSDFQNGT APNDPLDLGYEVQICRYKDYREPPWSENKYDI SKDFWAVLAARLAFVIVFQNLVMFMSDFVDWVI PDI PKDISQQIHKE KVLMVELFMREEQDKQQLLETWMEKERQKDEPPCNHHNTKACPDSLGSPAPSHAYHGGVL
Nucleic Acid Sequence of human TMEM16A (SEQ ID NO: 2)
1 aaaggcgggc cggctggcgt ccaagttcct gaccaggcgc gggccggccc gcgggaccag 61 cagccgggtg gcggcgcgat cggccccgag aggctcaggc gccccccgca tcgagcgcgc 121 gggccgggcg ggccagggcg gcgggcggag cgggaggcgg ccacgtcccc ggcgggcctg 181 ggcgcgggga ggcccggccc cctgcgagcg cgccgcgaac gctgcggtct ccgcccgcag 241 aggccgccgg ggccgtggat ggggagggcg cgccgcccgg cggtcccagc gcacaggcgg
301 ccacqatgag ggtcaacgag aagtactcga cgctcccggc cgaggaccgc agcgtccaca
361 tcatcaacat ctgcgccatc gaggacatcg gctacctgcc gtccgagggc acgctgctga
421 actccttatc tgtggaccct gatgccgagt gcaagtatgg cctgtacttc agggacggcc
481 ggcgcaaggt ggactacatc ctggtgtacc atcacaagag gccctcgggc aaccggaccc
541 tggtcaggag ggtgcagcac agcgacaccc cctctggggc tcgcagcgtc aagcaggacc
601 accccctgcc gggcaagggg gcgtcgctgg atgcaggctc gggggagccc ccgatggact
661 accacgagga tgacaagcgc ttccgcaggg aggagtacga gggcaacctc ctggaggcgg
721 gcctggagct ggagcgggac gaggacacta aaatccacgg agtcgggttt gtgaaaatcc
781 atgccccctg gaacgtgctg tgcagagagg ccgagtttct gaaactgaag atgccgacga
841 agaagatgta ccacattaat gagacccgtg gcctcctgaa aaaaatcaac tctgtgctcc
901 agaaaatcac agatcccatc cagcccaaag tggctgagca caggccccag accatgaaga
961 gactctccta tcccttctcc cgggagaagc agcatctatt tgacttgtct gataaggatt
1021 cctttttcga cagcaaaacc cggagcacga ttgtctatga gatcttgaag agaacgacgt
1081 gtacaaaggc caagtacagc atgggccaag gcgagggaag aaagaaggac tccgcccttc
1141 taagtaaaag gcggaaatgt gggaagtatg gcatcacgag cctgctggcc aatggtgtgt
1201 acgcggctgc atacccactg cacgatggag actacaacgg tgaaaacgtc gagttcaacg
1261 acagaaaact cctgtacgaa gagtgggcac gctatggagt tttctataag taccagccca
1321 tcgacctggt caggaagtat tttggggaga agatcggcct gtacttcgcc tggctgggcg
1381 tgtacaccca gatgctcatc cctgcctcca tcgtgggaat cattgtcttc ctgtacggat
1441 gcgccaccat ggatgaaaac atccccagca tggagatgtg tgaccagaga cacaatatca
1501 ccatgtgccc gctttgcgac aagacctgca gctactggaa gatgagctca gcctgcgcca
1561 cggcccgcgc cagccacctc ttcgacaacc ccgccacggt cttcttctct gtcttcatgg
1621 ccctctgggc tgccaccttc atggagcact ggaagcggaa acagatgcga ctcaactacc
1681 gctgggacct cacgggcttt gaagaggaag aggaggctgt caaggatcat cctagagctg
1741 aatacgaagc cagagtcttg gagaagtctc tgaagaaaga gtccagaaac aaagagaagc
1801 gccggcatat tccagaggag tcaacaaaca aatggaagca gagggttaag acagccatgg
1861 cgggggtgaa attgactgac aaagtgaagc tgacatggag agatcggttc ccagcctacc
1921 tcactaactt ggtctccatc atcttcatga ttgcagtgac gtttgccatc gtcctcggcg
1981 tcatcatcta cagaatctcc atggccgccg ccttggccat gaactcctcc ccctccgtgc
2041 ggtccaacat ccgggtcaca gtcacagcca ccgcagtcat catcaaccta gtggtcatca
2101 tcctcctgga cgaggtgtat ggctgcatag cccgatggct caccaagatc gaggtcccaa
2161 agacggagaa aagctttgag gagaggctga tcttcaaggc tttcctgctg aagtttgtga
2221 attcctacac ccccatcttt tacgtggcgt tcttcaaagg ccggtttgtt ggacgcccgg
2281 gcgactacgt gtacattttc cgttccttcc gaatggaaga gtgtgcgcca gggggctgcc
2341 tgatggagct atgcatccag ctcagcatca tcatgctggg gaaacagctg atccagaaca
2401 acctgttcga gatcggcatc ccgaagatga agaagctcat ccgctacctg aagctgaagc
2461 agcagagccc ccctgaccac gaggagtgtg tgaagaggaa acagcggtac gaggtggatt
2521 acaacctgga gcccttcgcg ggcctcaccc cagagtacat ggaaatgatc atccagtttg
2581 gcttcgtcac cctgtttgtc gcctccttcc ccctggcccc actgtttgcg ctgctgaaca
2641 acatcatcga gatccgcctg gacgccaaaa agtttgtcac tgagctccga aggccggtag
2701 ctgtcagagc caaagacatc ggaatctggt acaatatcct cagaggcatt gggaagcttg
2761 ctgtcatcat caatgccttc gtgatctcct tcacgtctga cttcatcccg cgcctggtgt
2821 acctctacat gtacagtaag aacgggacca tgcacggctt cgtcaaccac accctctcct
2881 ccttcaacgt cagtgacttc cagaacggca cggcccccaa tgaccccctg gacctgggct
2941 acgaggtgca gatctgcagg tataaagact accgagagcc gccgtggtcg gaaaacaagt
3001 acgacatctc caaggacttc tgggccgtcc tggcagcccg gctggcgttt gtcatcgtct
3061 tccagaacct ggtcatgttc atgagcgact ttgtggactg ggtcatcccg gacatcccca
3121 aggacatcag ccagcagatc cacaaggaga aggtgctcat ggtggagctg ttcatgcggg
3181 aggagcaaga caagcagcag ctgctggaaa cctggatgga gaaggagcgg cagaaggacg
3241 agccgccgtg caaccaccac aacaccaaag cctgcccaga cagcctcggc agcccagccc
3301 ccagccatgc ctaccacggg ggcgtcctgt agctatgcca gcggggctgg gcaggccagc
3361 cgggcatcct gaccgatggg caccctctcc cagggcaggc ggcttcccgc tcccaccagg
3421 gcccggtggg tcctgggttt tctgcaaaca tggaggacca ctttctgata ggacattttc
3481 ctttcttctt tctgttttct ttcccttgtt tttgcacaaa gccattatgc agggaatatt
3541 ttttaatctg tagtattcaa gatgaatcaa aatgatggct ggtaatacgg caataaggta
3601 gcaaaggcag gtgctttgca gaaagaatgc ttggaaactt gagtctccct agaggtgaaa
3661 agtgagcaga ggcccgtaga aaccctcctc tgaatcctcc taattcctta agatagatgc
3721 aaaatggtaa gccgaggcat cgcgcaaaag ctggtgcgat gcttcaggga aaatggaaaa
3781 cccacgcaag aataatgatt gattccggtt ccaaaaggtg tcacctacct gtttcagaaa
3841 agttagactt tccatcgcct tttccttcca tcagttgagt ggctgagaga gaagtgcctc
3901 atccctgagc cacacagggg gcgtgggagc atcccagtta tccctggaaa gctagaaggg
3961 gacagaggtg tccctgatta agcaggaaac agcacccttg gcgtccccag caggctcccc
4021 actgtcagcc acacacctgc ccccatcaca ccaagccgac ctcagagttg ttcatcttcc
4081 ttatgggaca aaaccggttg accagaaaat gggcagagag agatgacctg gaagcatttc
4141 cacagatggt gtcagggttt caagaagtct tagggcttcc aggggtcccc tggaagcttt
4201 agaatattta tgggtttttt tttcaaatat caattatatg gtagattgag gatttttttt
4261 ctgtagctca aaggtggagg gagtttatta gttaaccaaa tatcgttgag aggaatttaa
4321 aatactgtta ctaccaaaga tttttattaa taaaggctta tattttggta acacttctct
4381 atatttttac tcacaggaat gtcactgttg gacaattatt ttaaaagtgt ataaaaccaa
4441 gtctcataaa tgatatgagt gatctaaatt tgcagcaatg atactaaaca actctctgaa
4501 atttctcaag caccaagaga aacatcattt tagcaaaggc caggaggaaa aatagaaata
4561 aatttgtctt gaagatctca ttgatgtgat gttacattcc ctttaatctg ccaactgtgg
4621 tcaaagttca taggtgtcgt acatttccat tatttgctaa aatcatgcaa tctgatgctt
4681 ctcttttctc ttgtacagta agtagtttga agtgggtttt gtatataaat actgtattaa
4741 aaattaggca attaccaaaa atccttttat ggaaaccatt tttttaaaaa gtgaatgtac
4801 acaaatccac agaggactgt ggctggacat tcatctaaat aaatttgaat atacgacact 4861 tttctcactt gaaaaa
[0074] The TMEM16Ahas four known splice variants named a, b, c. and d. Functional TMEM16A can be one of the following combinations of the splice variants: ac, abc, acd, or the
abed isoform. The sequences corresponding to the four splice variants a, b, c, and d are underlined in Table 1. The position of the four segments is the following: (a) amino acids 1 - 116; (b) amino acids 268 - 289; (c) amino acids 470 - 473; and (d) amino acids 498 - 523. These four segments are predicted to be exposed to the cytosol. The open reading frame of the gene is defined by position 306-3332 of SEQ ID NO:2 in Table 1 , which encodes a 1008 long amino acid sequence (TMEM 16 A with all four splice variants abed).
[0075] The present invention is based, in part, on the discovery that certain antibodies or antigen binding fragments thereof are capable of internalization upon binding to the ECD2 or ECD3 domain of TMEM 16 A. Accordingly, the present invention provides molecules, particularly human or humanized antibodies, antibody fragments, and antibody drug conjugates, that bind to human TMEM16A extracellular domain 2 or 3 (ECD2 or ECD3) and internalize into the cell upon such binding. In some embodiments, the present invention provides molecules, particularly human or humanized antibodies, antibody fragments, and antibody drug conjugates, that specifically bind to (1) a peptide comprising or consisting of amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO: 3); and (2) ECD2 of human TMEM 16 A. ECD2 as the binding site has several advantages, for example, there is only one cysteine with unknown bridging pattern to other loop and no potential glycosylation site; ECD2 is also in proximity to the active site of the channel and antigen binding molecules binding to this region are likely to disrupt and/or block the channel function; and finally, this region is least similar to other TMEM 16 family members and not likely to cross react.
[0076] In some embodiments, the present invention provides molecules, particularly human or humanized antibodies, antibody fragments, and antibody drug conjugates, that specifically bind to (1) a peptide comprising or consisting of amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to RYKDYREPPWS (SEQ ID NO:4); and (2) ECD3 of human TMEM16A. Binding to this epitope region with an antibody induces internalization of TMEM16A suggesting it is an optimal site for therapeutic antibody generation as it will impede TMEM16A activity and result in an inhibition of tumor cell growth.
[0077] The TMEM16A binding antibodies (and fragments thereof) of the invention can internalize and thus ideal candidates for using as antibody drug conjugates (e.g., link to a
cytotoxic agent or other type of payload) to treat cancer. Such benefits as well as other benefits of the antigen binding molecules of the invention are demonstrated throughout the specification.
1. Anti-TMEM16A Antibodies
[0078] Accordingly, the present invention provides TMEM16A binding antibodies, antibody fragments, and antibody drug conjugates that can be used for treating cancer, infections, and inflammatory or immunological diseases. In some embodiments, the TMEM16A binding antibodies (or fragments thereof) of the invention are non-human antibodies, e.g., mouse antibodies (or fragments thereof). In some embodiments, the TMEM16A binding antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) of the invention are human or humanized antibodies (or fragments thereof). In some embodiments, the antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) of the invention can bind to TMEM16A and inhibit one or more of its activities (antagonist antibody). In some embodiments, the antibodies (or fragments thereof) of the invention can bind to TMEM16A and enhance one or more of its activities (agonist antibody). In some
embodiments, the antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) of the invention are capable of binding to TMEM16A, but do not affect its activities. All types of antibodies can be used in the antibody drug conjugates context.
[0079] In one embodiment, the present invention provides an antibody (or antigen binding fragment thereof) that specifically binds to ECD2 of TMEM16A and internalize upon such binding. In another embodiment, the present invention provides an antibody (or antigen binding fragment thereof) that specifically binds to (1) a peptide comprising or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO: 3); and (2) ECD2 of human TMEM16A.
[0080] In one embodiment, the present invention provides an antibody (or antigen binding fragment thereof) that specifically binds to ECD3 of TMEM16A and internalize upon such binding. In another embodiment, the present invention provides an antibody (or antigen binding fragment thereof) that specifically binds to (1) a peptide comprising or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to RYKDYREPPWS (SEQ ID NO: 4); and (2) ECD3 of human TMEM16A.
[0081] In one embodiment, the present invention provides an antibody (or an antigen binding fragment thereof) that specifically binds to an epitope of human TMEM16A comprising or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO: 3), or a portion thereof. In some embodiments, the antibodies of the invention (or antigen binding fragments thereof) specifically bind to an epitope on ECD2 of TMEM16A that comprises or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO: 3), or a portion thereof. In some embodiments, such antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) are human antibodies. In some embodiments, such antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) are humanized antibodies.
[0082] In one embodiment, the present invention provides an antibody (or an antigen binding fragment thereof) that specifically binds to an epitope of human TMEM16A comprising or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to RYKDYREPPWS (SEQ ID NO: 4), or a portion thereof. In some embodiments, the antibodies of the invention (or antigen binding fragments thereof) specifically bind to an epitope on ECD3 of TMEM16A that comprises or consisting of an amino acid sequence that is at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% identical to RYKDYREPPWS (SEQ ID NO: 4), or a portion thereof. In some embodiments, such antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) are human antibodies. In some embodiments, such antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) are humanized antibodies.
[0083] In some embodiments, the antibodies (or antigen binding fragments thereof) of the invention internalize into a cell upon binding to TMEM 16A, and thus are good candidates for antibody drug conjugates (ADCs).
[0084] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a mouse antibody, or an antigen biding fragment thereof, that binds to TMEM16A ECD2, and generated by using
KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO: 3) peptide as the antigen. In another embodiment, the present invention provides a humanized version of the mouse antibody (or antigen binding fragment thereof). In another embodiment, the present invention provides a mouse antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that binds TMEM16A ECD3, and comprises heavy chain CDRl of SEQ ID NO:8, CDR2 of SEQ ID NO:9, CDR3 of SEQ ID NO: 10, and light chain CDRl of SEQ
ID NO: l 1 , CDR2 of SEQ ID NO: 12, and CDR3 of SEQ ID NO: 13. In another embodiment, the present invention provides a humanized version of the mouse antibody or antigen binding fragment described herein.
[0085] In some embodiments, the anti-TMEM16A antibodies of the invention contain a minimum binding sequence determinant (BSD) within the CDR3 of the heavy and light chains derived from the originating or reference monoclonal antibody (e.g., the mouse antibody described above). The remaining sequences of the heavy chain and light chain variable regions (CDR and FR), e.g., V-segment and J-segment, are from corresponding human germline and affinity matured amino acid sequences. The V-segments can be selected from a human V- segment library. Further sequence refinement can be accomplished by affinity maturation.
[0086] In another embodiment, the heavy and light chains of the anti-TMEM16A antibodies contain a human V-segment from the corresponding human germline sequence (FR1-CDR1 - FR2-CDR2-FR3), e.g., selected from a human V-segment library, and a CDR3-FR4 sequence segment from the originating monoclonal antibody. The CDR3-FR4 sequence segment can be further refined by replacing sequence segments with corresponding human germline sequences and/or by affinity maturation. For example, the FR4 and/or the CDR3 sequence surrounding the BSD can be replaced with the corresponding human germline sequence, while the BSD from the CDR3 of the originating monoclonal antibody is retained.
[0087] The present invention provides fully human antibodies that specifically bind to a TMEM16A protein (e.g., human TMEM16A). Compared to the chimeric or humanized antibodies, the human TMEM16A-binding antibodies of the invention have further reduced antigenicity when administered to human subjects.
[0088] The human TMEM16A-binding antibodies can be generated using methods that are known in the art. For example, the Humaneering™ technology used to converting non-human antibodies into engineered human antibodies. U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050008625 describes an in vivo method for replacing a nonhuman antibody variable region with a human variable region in an antibody while maintaining the same or providing better binding characteristics relative to that of the nonhuman antibody. The method relies on epitope guided replacement of variable regions of a non-human reference antibody with a fully human antibody.
The resulting human antibody is generally unrelated structurally to the reference nonhuman antibody, but binds to the same epitope on the same antigen as the reference antibody.
[0089] The anti-TMEM16A antibodies of the invention are based on engineered human antibodies with V-region sequences having substantial amino acid sequence identity to human germline V region sequences while retaining the specificity and affinity of a reference antibody. See, U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0255552 and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2006/0134098, both of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. The process of improvement identifies minimal sequence information required to determine antigen-binding specificity from the variable region of a reference antibody, and transfers that information to a library of human partial V-region gene sequences to generate an epitope-focused library of human antibody V regions. A microbial-based secretion system can be used to express members of the library as antibody Fab fragments and the library is screened for antigen-binding Fabs, for example, using a colony-lift binding assay. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Publication No. 2007/0020685. Positive clones can be further characterized to identify those with the highest affinity. The resultant engineered human Fabs retain the binding specificity of the parent, reference anti-TMEM 16A antibody, typically have equivalent or higher affinity for antigen in comparison to the parent antibody, and have V-regions with a high degree of sequence identity compared with human germ-line antibody V-regions.
[0090] The minimum binding specificity determinant (BSD) required to generate the epitope- focused library is typically represented by a sequence within the heavy chain CDR3 ("CDRH3") and a sequence within the light chain of CDR3 ("CDRL3"). The BSD can comprise a portion or the entire length of a CDR3. The BSD can be comprised of contiguous or non-contiguous amino acid residues. In some cases, the epitope-focused library is constructed from human V-segment sequences linked to the unique CDR3-FR4 region from the reference antibody containing the BSD and human germ-line J segment sequences (see, U.S. Patent Publication No.
2005/0255552). Alternatively, the human V segment libraries can be generated by sequential cassette replacement in which only part of the reference antibody V segment is initially replaced by a library of human sequences. The identified human "cassettes" supporting binding in the context of residual reference antibody amino acid sequences are then recombined in a second library screen to generate completely human V segments (see, U.S. Patent Publication No. 2006/0134098).
[0091] In each case, paired heavy and light chain CDR3 segments, CDR3-FR4 segments, or J segments, containing specificity determinants from the reference antibody, are used to constrain the binding specificity so that antigen-binders obtained from the library retain the epitope- specificity of the reference antibody. Additional maturational changes can be introduced in the CDR3 regions of each chain during the library construction in order to identify antibodies with optimal binding kinetics. The resulting engineered human antibodies have V-segment sequences derived from the human germ-line libraries, retain the short BSD sequence from within the CDR3 regions and have human germ-line framework 4 (FR4) regions.
[0092] The anti-TMEM 16 A antibodies of the present invention generally will bind TMEM 16 A with an equilibrium dissociation constant (KD) of less than about 10"8 M or 10"9 M, for example, less than about 10"10 M or 10"11 M, in some embodiments less than about 10"12 M or 10"13 M.
[0093] The anti-TMEM 16A antibodies optionally can be multimerized and used according to the methods of this invention. The anti-TMEM 16A antibodies can be a full-length tetrameric antibody (i.e., having two light chains and two heavy chains), a single chain antibody (e.g., a scFv), or a molecule comprising antibody fragments that form one or more antigen-binding sites and confer TMEM 16A-binding specificity, e.g. , comprising heavy and light chain variable regions (for instance, Fab' or other similar fragments).
Antibodies That Bind to the Same Epitope
[0094] In one embodiment, the present invention provides antibodies that bind to an epitope region comprising or consisting of KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO:3), amino acids 707-719 of ECD2 of TMEM16A, or a portion thereof. In another embodiment, the present invention provides antibodies that bind to an epitope region comprising or consisting of RYKDYREPP WS (SEQ ID NO:4), amino acids 839-904 of ECD3 of TEMEM16A, or a portion thereof. The present invention also provides antibodies that bind to the same epitope as does the TMEM 16 A- binding antibody 5E2D1 or 12E1 1 (or a humanized version thereof). Additional antibodies can therefore be identified based on their ability to cross-compete (e.g. , to competitively inhibit the binding of, in a statistically significant manner) with 5E2D1 or 12E1 1 (or a humanized version thereof) in TMEM16A binding assays. Competitive inhibition can occur, for example, if the TMEM16A binding molecules bind to identical or structurally similar epitopes (e.g., overlapping epitopes), or spatially proximal epitopes which, when bound, causes steric hindrance between the
antibodies. The ability of a test antibody to inhibit the binding of 5E2D1 or 12E1 1 (or a humanized version thereof) to a TMEM16A protein demonstrates that the test antibody can compete with 5E2D1 or 12E1 1 (or a humanized version thereof) for binding to TMEM16A; such an antibody may, according to no n- limiting theory, bind to the same or a related (e.g., a structurally similar or spatially proximal) epitope on the TMEM16A protein as the antibody with which it competes. In a certain embodiment, the antibody that binds to the same epitope on TMEM16A as the antibodies of the present invention is a human or humanized monoclonal antibody. Such human or humanized monoclonal antibodies can be prepared and isolated as described herein and methods well known in the art. [0095] Competitive inhibition can be determined using routine assays in which the TMEM16A binding molecule under test inhibits specific binding of a reference TMEM16A binding molecule to a common antigen. Numerous types of competitive binding assays are known, for example: solid phase direct or indirect radioimmunoassay (RIA), solid phase direct or indirect enzyme immunoassay (EIA), sandwich competition assay (see Stahli et al., Methods in Enzymology 9:242 (1983)); solid phase direct biotin-avidin EIA (see Kirkland et al., J. Immunol. 137:3614 (1986)); solid phase direct labeled assay, solid phase direct labeled sandwich assay (see Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press (1988)); solid phase direct label RIA using 1-125 label (see Morel et al, Mol. Immunol. 25(1):7 (1988)); solid phase direct biotin-avidin EIA (Cheung et al., Virology 176:546 (1990)); and direct labeled RIA.
(Moldenhauer et al., Scand. J. Immunol. 32:77 (1990)). Typically, such an assay involves the use of purified antigen bound to a solid surface or cells bearing either of these, an unlabeled test TMEM16A binding molecule and a labeled reference TMEM16A binding molecule.
Competitive inhibition is measured by determining the amount of label bound to the solid surface or cells in the presence of the test TMEM16A binding molecule. Usually the test TMEM16A binding molecule is present in excess. Usually, when a competing TMEM16A binding molecule is present in excess, it will inhibit specific binding of a reference TMEM16A binding molecule to a common antigen by at least 50-55%, 55-60%, 60-65%, 65-70% 70-75% or more.
[0096] Other techniques include, for example, epitope mapping methods, such as, x-ray analyses of crystals of antigen: TMEM16A binding molecule complexes which provides atomic resolution of the epitope. Other methods monitor the binding of the TMEM16A binding molecule to antigen fragments or mutated variations of the antigen where loss of binding due to a
modification of an amino acid residue within the antigen sequence is often considered an indication of an epitope component. In addition, computational combinatorial methods for epitope mapping can also be used. These methods rely on the ability of the TMEM16A binding molecule of interest to affinity isolate specific short peptides from combinatorial phage display peptide libraries. The peptides are then regarded as leads for the definition of the epitope corresponding to the TMEM 16A binding molecule used to screen the peptide library. For epitope mapping, computational algorithms have also been developed which have been shown to map conformational discontinuous epitopes.
Engineered and Modified Antibodies
[0097] An antibody of the invention further can be engineered by modifying one or more residues within one or both variable regions (i. e., VH and/or VL), for example within one or more CDR regions and/or within one or more framework regions. Additionally or alternatively, an antibody can be engineered by modifying residues within the constant region(s), for example to alter the effector function(s) of the antibody.
[0098] One type of variable region engineering that can be performed is CDR grafting.
Antibodies interact with target antigens predominantly through amino acid residues that are located in the six heavy and light chain complementarity determining regions (CDRs). For this reason, the amino acid sequences within CDRs are more diverse between individual antibodies than sequences outside of CDRs. Because CDR sequences are responsible for most antibody- antigen interactions, it is possible to express recombinant antibodies that mimic the properties of a specific antibody by constructing expression vectors that include CDR sequences from the specific antibody grafted onto framework sequences from a different antibody with different properties (see, e.g., Riechmann, L. et ah, 1998 Nature 332:323-327; Jones, P. et ah, 1986 Nature 321 :522-525; Queen, C. et ah, 1989 Proc. Natl. Acad., U.S.A. 86: 10029-10033; U.S. Patent No. 5,225,539 to Winter, and U.S. Patent Nos. 5,530,101; 5,585,089; 5,693,762 and 6,180,370 to Queen et ah)
[0099] Accordingly, another embodiment of the invention pertains to an isolated monoclonal antibody, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, that binds to ECD2, or an epitope region comprising or consisting of KLIRYLKLKQ (SEQ ID NO:3), or a portion thereof such antibodies contain the VH and VL CDR sequences of monoclonal antibodies from one species (e.g., mouse),
yet may contain different framework sequences from another species (e.g., human). The present invention also provides isolated monoclonal antibodies, or an antigen binding fragment thereof, that binds to ECD3, or an epitope region comprising or consisting of RYKDYREPPWS (SEQ ID NO:4), or a portion thereof such antibodies contain the VH and VL CDR sequences of monoclonal antibodies from one species (e.g., mouse), yet may contain different framework sequences from another species (e.g., human).
[00100] Such framework sequences can be obtained from public DNA databases or published references that include germline antibody gene sequences. For example, germline DNA sequences for human heavy and light chain variable region genes can be found in the "VBase" human germline sequence database (available on the Internet at www.mrc- cpe.cam.ac.uk/vbase), as well as in Kabat, E. A., et ah, 1991 Sequences of Proteins of
Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91 -3242; Tomlinson, I. M., et ah , 1992 J. fol. Biol. 227:776-798; and Cox, J. P. L. et ah, 1994 Eur. J Immunol. 24:827-836. [00101] An example of framework sequences for use in the antibodies of the invention are those that are structurally similar to the framework sequences used by selected antibodies of the invention, e.g., consensus sequences and/or framework sequences used by monoclonal antibodies of the invention. The VH CDRl , 2 and 3 sequences, and the VL CDRl , 2 and 3 sequences, can be grafted onto framework regions that have the identical sequence as that found in the germline immunoglobulin gene from which the framework sequence derive, or the CDR sequences can be grafted onto framework regions that contain one or more mutations as compared to the germline sequences. For example, it has been found that in certain instances it is beneficial to mutate residues within the framework regions to maintain or enhance the antigen binding ability of the antibody (see e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,530,101 ; 5,585,089; 5,693,762 and 6,180,370 to Queen et al).
[00102] Another type of variable region modification is to mutate amino acid residues within the VH and/or VL CDRl , CDR2 and/or CDR3 regions to thereby improve one or more binding properties {e.g., affinity) of the antibody of interest, known as "affinity maturation." Site-directed mutagenesis or PCR-mediated mutagenesis can be performed to introduce the mutation(s) and the effect on antibody binding, or other functional property of interest, can be evaluated in in
vitro or in vivo assays as described herein and provided in the Examples. Conservative modifications can be introduced. The mutations may be amino acid substitutions, additions or deletions. Moreover, typically no more than one, two, three, four or five residues within a CDR region are altered. Framework or Fc engineering
[00103] When present, the constant regions of the anti-TMEM16A antibodies can be any type or subtype, as appropriate, and can be selected to be from the species of the subject to be treated by the present methods (e.g., human, non-human primate or other mammal, for example, agricultural mammal (e.g., equine, ovine, bovine, porcine, camelid), domestic mammal (e.g., canine, feline) or rodent (e.g., rat, mouse, hamster, rabbit). In some embodiments the anti-
TMEM16A antibodies are humanized or Humaneered™. In some embodiments, the constant region isotype is IgG, for example, IgGl .
[00104] Engineered antibodies of the invention include those in which modifications have been made to framework residues within VH and/or VL, e.g. to improve the properties of the antibody. Typically such framework modifications are made to decrease the immunogenicity of the antibody. For example, one approach is to "backmutate" one or more framework residues to the corresponding germline sequence. More specifically, an antibody that has undergone somatic mutation may contain framework residues that differ from the germline sequence from which the antibody is derived. Such residues can be identified by comparing the antibody framework sequences to the germline sequences from which the antibody is derived. To return the framework region sequences to their germline configuration, the somatic mutations can be "backmutated" to the germline sequence by, for example, site-directed mutagenesis. Such "backmutated" antibodies are also intended to be encompassed by the invention.
[00105] Another type of framework modification involves mutating one or more residues within the framework region, or even within one or more CDR regions, to remove T cell -epitopes to thereby reduce the potential immunogenicity of the antibody. This approach is also referred to as "deimmunization" and is described in further detail in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20030153043 by Carr et al.
[00106] In addition or alternative to modifications made within the framework or CDR regions, antibodies of the invention may be engineered to include modifications within the Fc region,
typically to alter one or more functional properties of the antibody, such as serum half-life, complement fixation, Fc receptor binding, and/or antigen-dependent cellular cytotoxicity.
Furthermore, an antibody of the invention may be chemically modified (e.g., one or more chemical moieties can be attached to the antibody) or be modified to alter its glycosylation, again to alter one or more functional properties of the antibody.
[00107] In one embodiment, the hinge region of CHI is modified such that the number of cysteine residues in the hinge region is altered, e.g., increased or decreased. This approach is described further in U.S. Patent No. 5,677,425 by Bodmer et al. The number of cysteine residues in the hinge region of CHI is altered to, for example, facilitate assembly of the light and heavy chains or to increase or decrease the stability of the antibody.
[00108] In another embodiment, the Fc hinge region of an antibody is mutated to decrease the biological half-life of the antibody. More specifically, one or more amino acid mutations are introduced into the CH2-CH3 domain interface region of the Fc-hinge fragment such that the antibody has impaired Staphylococcyl protein A (SpA) binding relative to native Fc-hinge domain SpA binding. This approach is described in further detail in U.S. Patent No. 6,165,745 by Ward et al.
[00109] In another embodiment, the antibody is modified to increase its biological half-life. Various approaches are possible. For example, one or more of the following mutations can be introduced: T252L, T254S, T256F, as described in U.S. Patent No. 6,277,375 to Ward.
Alternatively, to increase the biological half life, the antibody can be altered within the CHI or CL region to contain a salvage receptor binding epitope taken from two loops of a CH2 domain of an Fc region of an IgG, as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,869,046 and 6,121 ,022 by Presta et al.
[00110] In yet other embodiments, the Fc region is altered by replacing at least one amino acid residue with a different amino acid residue to alter the effector functions of the antibody. For example, one or more amino acids can be replaced with a different amino acid residue such that the antibody has an altered affinity for an effector ligand but retains the antigen-binding ability of the parent antibody. The effector ligand to which affinity is altered can be, for example, an Fc receptor (FcR) or the CI component of complement. This approach is described in further detail in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,624,821 and 5,648,260, both by Winter et al.
[00111] In another embodiment, one or more amino acids selected from amino acid residues can be replaced with a different amino acid residue such that the antibody has altered Clq binding and/or reduced or abolished complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC). This approach is described in further detail in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,194,551 by Idusogie et al.
[00112] Antibodies containing such mutations mediate reduced or no antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC) or complement-dependent cytotoxicity (CDC). In some embodiments, amino acid residues L234 and L235 of the IgGl constant region are substituted to Ala234 and Ala235.
[00113] In another embodiment, one or more amino acid residues are altered to thereby alter the ability of the antibody to fix complement. This approach is described further in PCT Publication WO 94/29351 by Bodmer et al.
[00114] In yet another embodiment, the Fc region is modified to increase the ability of the antibody to mediate antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC) and/or to increase the affinity of the antibody for an Fey receptor by modifying one or more amino acids. This approach is described further in PCT Publication WO 00/42072 by Presta. Moreover, the binding sites on human IgGl for FcyRl, FcyRII, FcyRIII and FcRn have been mapped and variants with improved binding have been described (see Shields, R.L. et ah, 2001 J. Biol. Chen. 276:6591-6604).
[00115] In still another embodiment, the glycosylation of an antibody is modified. For example, an aglycoslated antibody can be made (i.e., the antibody lacks glycosylation).
Glycosylation can be altered to, for example, increase the affinity of the antibody for "antigen".
Such carbohydrate modifications can be accomplished by, for example, altering one or more sites of glycosylation within the antibody sequence. For example, one or more amino acid substitutions can be made that result in elimination of one or more variable region framework glycosylation sites to thereby eliminate glycosylation at that site. Such aglycosylation may increase the affinity of the antibody for antigen. Such an approach is described in further detail in
U.S. Patent Nos. 5,714,350 and 6,350,861 by Co et al.
[00116] Additionally or alternatively, an antibody can be made that has an altered type of glycosylation, such as a hypofucosylated antibody having reduced amounts of fucosyl residues or an antibody having increased bisecting GlcNac structures. Such altered glycosylation patterns
have been demonstrated to increase the ADCC ability of antibodies. Such carbohydrate modifications can be accomplished by, for example, expressing the antibody in a host cell with altered glycosylation machinery. Cells with altered glycosylation machinery have been described in the art and can be used as host cells in which to express recombinant antibodies of the invention to thereby produce an antibody with altered glycosylation. For example, EP 1 ,176,195 by Hang et ah describes a cell line with a functionally disrupted FUT8 gene, which encodes a fucosyl transferase, such that antibodies expressed in such a cell line exhibit hypofucosylation. PCT Publication WO 03/035835 by Presta describes a variant CHO cell line, Lecl3 cells, with reduced ability to attach fucose to Asn(297)-linked carbohydrates, also resulting in
hypofucosylation of antibodies expressed in that host cell (see also Shields, R.L. et ah, 2002 J. Biol. Chem. 277:26733-26740). PCT Publication WO 99/54342 by Umana et ah describes cell lines engineered to express glycoprotein-modifying glycosyl transferases (e.g., beta(l ,4)-N acetylglucosaminyltransferase III (GnTIII)) such that antibodies expressed in the engineered cell lines exhibit increased bisecting GlcNac structures which results in increased ADCC activity of the antibodies (see also Umana et ah, 1999 Nat. Biotech. 17: 176-180).
Grafting Antigen-binding Domains Into Alternative Framework or Scaffolds
[00117] A wide variety of antibody/ immunoglobulin frameworks or scaffolds can be employed so long as the resulting polypeptide includes at least one binding region which specifically binds to TMEM16A. Such frameworks or scaffolds include the 5 main idiotypes of human immunoglobulins, or fragments thereof, and include immunoglobulins of other animal species, preferably having humanized aspects. Single heavy-chain antibodies such as those identified in camelids are of particular interest in this regard. Novel frameworks, scaffolds and fragments continue to be discovered and developed by those skilled in the art.
[00118] In one aspect, the invention pertains to generating non-immunoglobulin based antibodies using non- immunoglobulin scaffolds onto which CDRs of the invention can be grafted. Known or future non-immunoglobulin frameworks and scaffolds may be employed, as long as they comprise a binding region specific for the target TMEM16A protein {e.g., human TMEM16A). Known non-immunoglobulin frameworks or scaffolds include, but are not limited to, fibronectin (Compound Therapeutics, Inc., Waltham, MA), ankyrin (Molecular Partners AG, Zurich, Switzerland), domain antibodies (Domantis, Ltd., Cambridge, MA, and Ablynx nv,
Zwijnaarde, Belgium), lipocalin (Pieris Proteolab AG, Freising, Germany), small modular immuno-pharmaceuticals (Trubion Pharmaceuticals Inc., Seattle, WA), maxybodies (Avidia, Inc., Mountain View, CA), Protein A (Affibody AG, Sweden), and affilin (gamma-crystallin or ubiquitin) (Scil Proteins GmbH, Halle, Germany). [00119] The fibronectin scaffolds are based on fibronectin type III domain (e.g., the tenth module of the fibronectin type III (10 Fn3 domain)). The fibronectin type III domain has 7 or 8 beta strands which are distributed between two beta sheets, which themselves pack against each other to form the core of the protein, and further containing loops (analogous to CDRs) which connect the beta strands to each other and are solvent exposed. There are at least three such loops at each edge of the beta sheet sandwich, where the edge is the boundary of the protein perpendicular to the direction of the beta strands (see US 6,818,418). These fibronectin-based scaffolds are not an immunoglobulin, although the overall fold is closely related to that of the smallest functional antibody fragment, the variable region of the heavy chain, which comprises the entire antigen recognition unit in camel and llama IgG. Because of this structure, the non- immunoglobulin antibody mimics antigen binding properties that are similar in nature and affinity to those of antibodies. These scaffolds can be used in a loop randomization and shuffling strategy in vitro that is similar to the process of affinity maturation of antibodies in vivo. These fibronectin-based molecules can be used as scaffolds where the loop regions of the molecule can be replaced with CDRs of the invention using standard cloning techniques. [00120] The ankyrin technology is based on using proteins with ankyrin derived repeat modules as scaffolds for bearing variable regions which can be used for binding to different targets. The ankyrin repeat module is a 33 amino acid polypeptide consisting of two anti-parallel a-helices and a β-turn. Binding of the variable regions is mostly optimized by using ribosome display.
[00121] Avimers are derived from natural A-domain containing protein such as LRP-1. These domains are used by nature for protein-protein interactions and in human over 250 proteins are structurally based on A-domains. Avimers consist of a number of different "A-domain" monomers (2-10) linked via amino acid linkers. Avimers can be created that can bind to the target antigen using the methodology described in, for example, U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 20040175756; 20050053973; 20050048512; and 20060008844.
[00122] Affibody affinity ligands are small, simple proteins composed of a three-helix bundle based on the scaffold of one of the IgG-binding domains of Protein A. Protein A is a surface protein from the bacterium Staphylococcus aureus. This scaffold domain consists of 58 amino acids, 13 of which are randomized to generate affibody libraries with a large number of ligand variants (See e.g., US 5,831 ,012). Affibody molecules mimic antibodies, they have a molecular weight of 6 kDa, compared to the molecular weight of antibodies, which is 150 kDa. In spite of its small size, the binding site of affibody molecules is similar to that of an antibody.
[00123] Anticalins are products developed by the company Pieris ProteoLab AG. They are derived from lipocalins, a widespread group of small and robust proteins that are usually involved in the physiological transport or storage of chemically sensitive or insoluble compounds. Several natural lipocalins occur in human tissues or body liquids. The protein architecture is reminiscent of immunoglobulins, with hypervariable loops on top of a rigid framework. However, in contrast with antibodies or their recombinant fragments, lipocalins are composed of a single polypeptide chain with 160 to 180 amino acid residues, being just marginally bigger than a single immunoglobulin domain. The set of four loops, which makes up the binding pocket, shows pronounced structural plasticity and tolerates a variety of side chains. The binding site can thus be reshaped in a proprietary process in order to recognize prescribed target molecules of different shape with high affinity and specificity. One protein of lipocalin family, the bilin-binding protein (BBP) of Pieris Brassicae has been used to develop anticalins by mutagenizing the set of four loops. One example of a patent application describing anticalins is in PCT Publication No. WO 199916873.
[00124] Affilin molecules are small non-immunoglobulin proteins which are designed for specific affinities towards proteins and small molecules. New affilin molecules can be very quickly selected from two libraries, each of which is based on a different human derived scaffold protein. Affilin molecules do not show any structural homology to immunoglobulin proteins. Currently, two affilin scaffolds are employed, one of which is gamma crystalline, a human structural eye lens protein and the other is "ubiquitin" superfamily proteins. Both human scaffolds are very small, show high temperature stability and are almost resistant to pH changes and denaturing agents. This high stability is mainly due to the expanded beta sheet structure of the proteins. Examples of gamma crystalline derived proteins are described in WO200104144 and examples of "ubiquitin-like" proteins are described in WO2004106368.
[00125] Protein epitope mimetics (PEM) are medium-sized, cyclic, peptide-like molecules (MW l-2kDa) mimicking beta-hairpin secondary structures of proteins, the major secondary structure involved in protein-protein interactions.
Camelid antibodies [00126] Antibody proteins obtained from members of the camel and dromedary (Camelus bactrianus and Calelus dromaderius) family including new world members such as llama species (Lama paccos, Lama glama and Lama vicugna) have been characterized with respect to size, structural complexity and antigenicity for human subjects. Certain IgG antibodies from this family of mammals as found in nature lack light chains, and are thus structurally distinct from the typical four chain quaternary structure having two heavy and two light chains, for antibodies from other animals. See PCT/EP93/02214 (WO 94/04678 published 3 March 1994).
[00127] A region of the camelid antibody which is the small single variable domain identified as VHH can be obtained by genetic engineering to yield a small protein having high affinity for a target, resulting in a low molecular weight antibody- derived protein known as a "camelid nanobody". See U.S. patent number 5,759,808 issued June 2, 1998; see also Stijlemans, B. et al. , 2004 J Biol Chem 279: 1256-1261 ; Dumoulin, M. et al, 2003 Nature 424: 783-788;
Pleschberger, M. et al. 2003 Bioconjugate Chem 14: 440-448; Cortez-Retamozo, V. et al. 2002 Int J Cancer 89: 456-62; and Lauwereys, M. et al. 1998 EMBO J 17: 3512-3520. Engineered libraries of camelid antibodies and antibody fragments are commercially available, for example, from Ablynx, Ghent, Belgium. As with other antibodies of non-human origin, an amino acid sequence of a camelid antibody can be altered recombinantly to obtain a sequence that more closely resembles a human sequence, i.e. , the nanobody can be "humanized". Thus the natural low antigenicity of camelid antibodies to humans can be further reduced.
[00128] The camelid nanobody has a molecular weight approximately one-tenth that of a human IgG molecule, and the protein has a physical diameter of only a few nanometers. One consequence of the small size is the ability of camelid nanobodies to bind to antigenic sites that are functionally invisible to larger antibody proteins, i.e., camelid nanobodies are useful as reagents detect antigens that are otherwise cryptic using classical immunological techniques, and as possible therapeutic agents. Thus yet another consequence of small size is that a camelid nanobody can inhibit as a result of binding to a specific site in a groove or narrow cleft of a
target protein, and hence can serve in a capacity that more closely resembles the function of a classical low molecular weight drug than that of a classical antibody.
[00129] The low molecular weight and compact size further result in camelid nanobodies being extremely thermostable, stable to extreme pH and to proteolytic digestion, and poorly antigenic. Another consequence is that camelid nanobodies readily move from the circulatory system into tissues, and even cross the blood-brain barrier and can treat disorders that affect nervous tissue. Nanobodies can further facilitated drug transport across the blood brain barrier. See U.S. patent application 20040161738 published August 19, 2004. These features combined with the low antigenicity to humans indicate great therapeutic potential. Further, these molecules can be fully expressed in prokaryotic cells such as E. coli and are expressed as fusion proteins with bacteriophage and are functional.
[00130] Accordingly, a feature of the present invention is a camelid antibody or nanobody having high affinity for TMEM16A. In certain embodiments herein, the camelid antibody or nanobody is naturally produced in the camelid animal, i.e., is produced by the camelid following immunization with TMEM 16A or a peptide fragment thereof, using techniques described herein for other antibodies. Alternatively, the TMEM 16 A-b hiding camelid nanobody is engineered, i.e., produced by selection for example from a library of phage displaying appropriately mutagenized camelid nanobody proteins using panning procedures with TMEM16A as a target as described in the examples herein. Engineered nanobodies can further be customized by genetic engineering to have a half life in a recipient subject of from 45 minutes to two weeks. In a specific embodiment, the camelid antibody or nanobody is obtained by grafting the CDRs sequences of the heavy or light chain of the human antibodies of the invention into nanobody or single domain antibody framework sequences, as described for example in PCT/EP93/02214.
Bispecific Molecules and Multivalent Antibodies [00131] In another aspect, the present invention features bispecific or multispecific molecules comprising an TMEM 16 A-b hiding antibody, or a fragment thereof, of the invention. An antibody of the invention, or antigen-binding regions thereof, can be derivatized or linked to another functional molecule, e.g., another peptide or protein (e.g., another antibody or ligand for a receptor) to generate a bispecific molecule that binds to at least two different binding sites or target molecules. The antibody of the invention may in fact be derivatized or linked to more than
one other functional molecule to generate multi-specific molecules that bind to more than two different binding sites and/or target molecules; such multi-specific molecules are also intended to be encompassed by the term "bispecific molecule" as used herein. To create a bispecific molecule of the invention, an antibody of the invention can be functionally linked (e.g. , by chemical coupling, genetic fusion, noncovalent association or otherwise) to one or more other binding molecules, such as another antibody, antibody fragment, peptide or binding mimetic, such that a bispecific molecule results.
[00132] Accordingly, the present invention includes bispecific molecules comprising at least one first binding specificity for TMEM16A and a second binding specificity for a second target epitope. For example, the second target epitope is another epitope of TMEM16A different from the first target epitope.
[00133] Additionally, for the invention in which the bispecific molecule is multi-specific, the molecule can further include a third binding specificity, in addition to the first and second target epitope. [00134] In one embodiment, the bispecific molecules of the invention comprise as a binding specificity at least one antibody, or an antibody fragment thereof, including, e.g., an Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, Fv, or a single chain Fv. The antibody may also be a light chain or heavy chain dimer, or any minimal fragment thereof such as a Fv or a single chain construct as described in Ladner et al. U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778. [00135] Diabodies are bivalent, bispecific molecules in which VH and VL domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, connected by a linker that is too short to allow for pairing between the two domains on the same chain. The VH and VL domains pair with complementary domains of another chain, thereby creating two antigen binding sites (see e.g., Holliger et ah, 1993 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak et ah, 1994 Structure 2: 1 121-1 123). Diabodies can be produced by expressing two polypeptide chains with either the structure VHA-VLB and VHB-VLA (VH- VL configuration), or VLA-VHB and VLB-VHA (VL - VH configuration) within the same cell. Most of them can be expressed in soluble form in bacteria. Single chain diabodies (scDb) are produced by connecting the two diabody-forming polypeptide chains with linker of approximately 15 amino acid residues (see Holliger and Winter, 1997 Cancer Immunol. Immunother., 45(3-4): 128-30; Wu et ah, 1996
Immunotechnology, 2(l):21-36). scDb can be expressed in bacteria in soluble, active monomeric form (see Holliger and Winter, 1997 Cancer Immunol. Immunother., 45(34): 128-30; Wu et ah, 1996 Immunotechnology, 2(1):21-36; Pluckthun and Pack, 1997 Immunotechnology, 3(2): 83-105; Ridgway et ah, 1996 Protein Eng., 9(7):617-21). A diabody can be fused to Fc to generate a "di-diabody" (see Lu et ah, 2004 J. Biol. Chem., 279(4):2856-65).
[00136] Other antibodies which can be employed in the bispecific molecules of the invention are murine, chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodies.
[00137] The bispecific molecules of the present invention can be prepared by linking the constituent binding specificities, using methods known in the art. For example, each binding specificity of the bispecific molecule can be generated separately and then linked to one another. When the binding specificities are proteins or peptides, a variety of coupling or cross-linking agents can be used for covalent conjugation. Examples of cross-linking agents include protein A, carbodiimide, N-succinimidyl-S-acetyl-thioacetate (SATA), 5,5'-dithiobis(2-nitrobenzoic acid) (DTNB), o-phenylenedimaleimide (oPDM), N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionate (SPDP), and sulfosuccinimidyl 4-( -maleimi do methyl) cyclohaxane-l-carboxylate (sulfo- SMCC) (see e.g., Karpovsky et ah, 1984 J. Exp. Med. 160: 1686; Liu, MA et ah, 1985 Pro c. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:8648). Other methods include those described in Paulus, 1985 Behring Ins. Mitt. No. 78,1 18- 132; Brennan ei a/., 1985 Science 229:81 -83), and Glennie et ah, 1987 J.
Immunol. 139: 2367-2375). Conjugating agents are SATA and sulfo-SMCC, both available from Pierce Chemical Co. (Rockford, IL).
[00138] When the binding specificities are antibodies, they can be linked by sulfhydryl bonding of the C-terminus hinge regions of the two heavy chains. In a particularly embodiment, the hinge region is modified to contain an odd number of sulfhydryl residues, for example one, prior to conjugation. [00139] Alternatively, both binding specificities can be encoded in the same vector and expressed and assembled in the same host cell. This method is particularly useful where the bispecific molecule is a mAb x mAb, mAb x Fab, Fab x F(ab')2 or ligand x Fab fusion protein. A bispecific molecule of the invention can be a single chain molecule comprising one single chain antibody and a binding determinant, or a single chain bispecific molecule comprising two binding determinants. Bispecific molecules may comprise at least two single chain molecules.
Methods for preparing bispecific molecules are described for example in U.S. Patent Number 5,260,203; U.S. Patent Number 5,455,030; U.S. Patent Number 4,881 ,175; U.S. Patent Number 5,132,405; U.S. Patent Number 5,091 ,513; U.S. Patent Number 5,476,786; U.S. Patent Number 5,013,653; U.S. Patent Number 5,258,498; and U.S. Patent Number 5,482,858. [00140] Binding of the bispecific molecules to their specific targets can be confirmed by, for example, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), radioimmunoassay (REA), FACS analysis, bioassay (e.g., growth inhibition), or Western Blot assay. Each of these assays generally detects the presence of protein-antibody complexes of particular interest by employing a labeled reagent (e.g., an antibody) specific for the complex of interest.
[00141] In another aspect, the present invention provides multivalent molecules comprising at least two identical or different antigen binding portions of the antibodies of the invention, where such molecules may be dimers, trimers, tetramers, or higher order multimers and may be homomeric or heteromeric, that is, they may comprise multiple polypeptide chains that are the same or different. The antigen-binding portions can be linked together via protein fusion or covalent or non covalent linkage. Alternatively, methods of linkage have been described for the bispecfic molecules. Tetravalent molecules can be obtained for example by cross-linking antibodies of the antibodies of the invention with an antibody that binds to the constant regions of the antibodies of the invention, for example the Fc or hinge region. Trimerizing domain are described for example in Borean patent EP 1 012 280B 1. Pentamerizing modules are described for example in PCT/EP97/05897.
[00142] In one embodiment, multispecific binding domain proteins are produced by linking an scFv to an IgG antibody. The VH and VL domains used to make an scFv may be derived from the same or from different antibodies. The scFv comprises at least one, two, three, four, five, or six CDRs. The multispecific epitope binding proteins of the invention comprise one, two, three, four, or more polypeptide chains. The epitope binding domains may also be scFvs, single chain diabodies, variable regions of antibodies (e.g., heavy chain and/or light chain variable regions), IgG antibodies, or peptidomimetics.
Antibodies with Extended Half Life
[00143] The present invention provides for antibodies that specifically bind to TMEM16A protein which have an extended half-life in vivo.
[00144] Many factors may affect a protein's half life in vivo. For examples, kidney filtration, metabolism in the liver, degradation by proteolytic enzymes (proteases), and immunogenic responses (e.g., protein neutralization by antibodies and uptake by macrophages and dentritic cells). A variety of strategies can be used to extend the half life of the antibodies of the present invention. For example, by chemical linkage to polyethyleneglycol (PEG), reCODE PEG, antibody scaffold, polysialic acid (PSA), hydroxyethyl starch (HES), albumin-binding ligands, and carbohydrate shields; by genetic fusion to proteins binding to serum proteins, such as albumin, IgG, FcRn, and transferring; by coupling (genetically or chemically) to other binding moieties that bind to serum proteins, such as nanoboies, Fabs, DARPins, avimers, affibodies, and anticalins; by genetic fusion to rPEG, albumin, domain of albumin, albumin-binding proteins, and Fc; or by incorporation into nancarriers, slow release formulations, or medical devices.
[00145] To prolong the serum circulation of antibodies in vivo, inert polymer molecules such as high molecular weight PEG can be attached to the antibodies or a fragment thereof with or without a multifunctional linker either through site-specific conjugation of the PEG to the N- or C-terminus of the antibodies or via epsilon-amino groups present on lysine residues. To pegylate an antibody, the antibody, or fragment thereof, typically is reacted with polyethylene glycol (PEG), such as a reactive ester or aldehyde derivative of PEG, under conditions in which one or more PEG groups become attached to the antibody or antibody fragment. The pegylation can be carried out by an acylation reaction or an alkylation reaction with a reactive PEG molecule (or an analogous reactive water-soluble polymer). As used herein, the term "polyethylene glycol" is intended to encompass any of the forms of PEG that have been used to derivatize other proteins, such as mono (CI -CIO) alkoxy- or aryloxy-poly ethylene glycol or polyethylene glycol- maleimide. In certain embodiments, the antibody to be pegylated is an aglycosylated antibody. Linear or branched polymer derivatization that results in minimal loss of biological activity will be used. The degree of conjugation can be closely monitored by SDS-PAGE and mass spectrometry to ensure proper conjugation of PEG molecules to the antibodies. Unreacted PEG can be separated from antibody-PEG conjugates by size-exclusion or by ion-exchange chromatography. PEG-derivatized antibodies can be tested for binding activity as well as for in vivo efficacy using methods well-known to those of skill in the art, for example, by
immunoassays described herein. Methods for pegylating proteins are known in the art and can
be applied to the antibodies of the invention. See for example, EP 0 154 316 by Nishimura et ah and EP 0 401 384 by Ishikawa et al.
[00146] Other modified pegylation technologies include reconstituting chemically orthogonal directed engineering technology (ReCODE PEG), which incorporates chemically specified side chains into biosynthetic proteins via a reconstituted system that includes tR A synthetase and tRNA. This technology enables incorporation of more than 30 new amino acids into biosynthetic proteins in E.coli, yeast, and mammalian cells. The tRNA incorporates a nonnative amino acid any place an amber codon is positioned, converting the amber from a stop codon to one that signals incorporation of the chemically specified amino acid. [00147] Recombinant pegylation technology (rPEG) can also be used for serum halflife extension. This technology involves genetically fusing a 300-600 amino acid unstructured protein tail to an existing pharmaceutical protein. Because the apparent molecular weight of such an unstructured protein chain is about 15-fold larger than its actual molecular weight, the serum halflife of the protein is greatly increased. In contrast to traditional PEGylation, which requires chemical conjugation and repurification, the manufacturing process is greatly simplified and the product is homogeneous.
[00148] Polysialytion is another technology, which uses the natural polymer polysialic acid (PSA) to prolong the active life and improve the stability of therapeutic peptides and proteins. PSA is a polymer of sialic acid (a sugar). When used for protein and therapeutic peptide drug delivery, polysialic acid provides a protective microenvironment on conjugation. This increases the active life of the therapeutic protein in the circulation and prevents it from being recognized by the immune system. The PSA polymer is naturally found in the human body. It was adopted by certain bacteria which evolved over millions of years to coat their walls with it. These naturally polysialylated bacteria were then able, by virtue of molecular mimicry, to foil the body's defence system. PSA, nature's ultimate stealth technology, can be easily produced from such bacteria in large quantities and with predetermined physical characteristics. Bacterial PSA is completely non-immunogenic, even when coupled to proteins, as it is chemically identical to PSA in the human body.
[00149] Another technology include the use of hydroxy ethyl starch ("HES") derivatives linked to antibodies. HES is a modified natural polymer derived from waxy maize starch and
can be metabolized by the body's enzymes. HES solutions are usually administered to substitute deficient blood volume and to improve the rheological properties of the blood. Hesylation of an antibody enables the prolongation of the circulation half-life by increasing the stability of the molecule, as well as by reducing renal clearance, resulting in an increased biological activity. By varying different parameters, such as the molecular weight of HES, a wide range of HES antibody conjugates can be customized.
[00150] Antibodies having an increased half-life in vivo can also be generated introducing one or more amino acid modifications (i.e., substitutions, insertions or deletions) into an IgG constant domain, or FcRn binding fragment thereof (preferably a Fc or hinge Fc domain fragment). See, e.g., International Publication No. WO 98/23289; International Publication No. WO 97/34631; and U.S. Patent No. 6,277,375.
[00151] Further, antibodies can be conjugated to albumin in order to make the antibody or antibody fragment more stable in vivo or have a longer half life in vivo. The techniques are well- known in the art, see, e.g., International Publication Nos. WO 93/15199, WO 93/15200, and WO 01/77137; and European Patent No. EP 413,622.
[00152] The strategies for increasing half life is especially useful in nanobodies, fibronectin- based binders, and other antibodies or proteins for which increased in vivo half life is desired.
2. Antibody Conjugates
[00153] The present invention further encompasses uses of TMEM16A antibodies or fragments thereof linked to a therapeutic moiety. An antibody or fragment thereof may be linked to a therapeutic moiety such as a cytotoxic agent or an anti-cancer agent. The conjugate may consist of a liable or non-liable linker made up of any composition of synthetic chemistry or peptide that is condusive to generation of a stable antibody linker.
[00154] Further, an antibody or fragment thereof may be linked to a therapeutic moiety or drug moiety that modifies a given biological response. Therapeutic moieties or drug moieties are not to be construed as limited to classical chemical therapeutic agents. For example, the drug moiety may be a protein, peptide, or polypeptide possessing a desired biological activity. Such proteins may include, for example, a toxin such as abrin, ricin A, pseudomonas exotoxin, cholera toxin, or diphtheria toxin; a protein such as tumor necrosis factor, a-interferon, β-interferon,
nerve growth factor, platelet derived growth factor, tissue plasminogen activator, an apoptotic agent, an anti-angiogenic agent; or, a biological response modifier such as, for example, a lymphokine.
[00155] Moreover, an antibody can be linked to therapeutic moieties such as a radioactive metal ion, such as alph-emiters such as 213Bi or macrocyclic chelators useful for conjugating
131 131 131 131 131
radiometal ions, including but not limited to, In, LU, Y, Ho, Sm, to polypeptides. In certain embodiments, the macrocyclic chelator is 1 , 4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-N,N',N",N"'- tetraacetic acid (DOT A) which can be attached to the antibody via a linker molecule. Such linker molecules are commonly known in the art and described in Denardo et al, 1998, Clin Cancer Res. 4(10):2483-90; Peterson et al, 1999, Bioconjug. Chem. 10(4):553-7; and
Zimmerman et al., 1999, Nucl. Med. Biol. 26(8):943-50, each incorporated by reference in their entireties.
[00156] Techniques for conjugating therapeutic moieties to antibodies are well known, see, e.g., Arnon et al., "Monoclonal Antibodies For Immunotargeting Of Drugs In Cancer Therapy", in Monoclonal Antibodies And Cancer Therapy, Reisfeld et al. (eds.), pp. 243-56 (Alan R. Liss, Inc. 1985); Hellstrom et al, "Antibodies For Drug Delivery", in Controlled Drug Delivery (2nd Ed.), Robinson et al. (eds.), pp. 623-53 (Marcel Dekker, Inc. 1987); Thorpe, "Antibody Carriers Of Cytotoxic Agents In Cancer Therapy: A Review", in Monoclonal Antibodies 84: Biological And Clinical Applications, Pinchera et al. (eds.), pp. 475-506 (1985); "Analysis, Results, And Future Prospective Of The Therapeutic Use Of Radiolabeled Antibody In Cancer Therapy", in Monoclonal Antibodies For Cancer Detection And Therapy, Baldwin et al. (eds.), pp. 303-16 (Academic Press 1985), and Thorpe et al, 1982, Immunol. Rev. 62: 119-58.
[00157] The present invention also provides antibodies or fragments thereof that specifically bind to a TMEM16A protein recombinantly fused or chemically conjugated (including both covalent and non-covalent conjugations) to a heterologous protein or polypeptide (or fragment thereof, preferably to a polypeptide of at least 10, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 60, at least 70, at least 80, at least 90 or at least 100 amino acids) to generate fusion proteins. In particular, the invention provides fusion proteins comprising an antigen-binding fragment of an antibody described herein {e.g., a Fab fragment, Fd fragment, Fv fragment, F(ab)2 fragment, a VH domain, a VH CDR, a VL domain or a VL CDR) and a heterologous
protein, polypeptide, or peptide. Methods for fusing or conjugating proteins, polypeptides, or peptides to an antibody or an antibody fragment are known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,336,603, 5,622,929, 5,359,046, 5,349,053, 5,447,851 , and 5,1 12,946; European Patent Nos. EP 307,434 and EP 367,166; International Publication Nos. WO 96/04388 and WO 91/06570;
Ashkenazi ei /., 1991 , Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88: 10535- 10539; Zheng et al, 1995, J. Immunol. 154:5590-5600; and Vil et al, 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 1 1337- 1 1341.
[00158] Additional fusion proteins may be generated through the techniques of gene- shuffling, motif-shuffling, exon- shuffling, and/or codon-shuffling (collectively referred to as "DNA shuffling"). DNA shuffling may be employed to alter the activities of antibodies of the invention or fragments thereof {e.g., antibodies or fragments thereof with higher affinities and lower dissociation rates). See, generally, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,605,793, 5,81 1 ,238, 5,830,721 , 5,834,252, and 5,837,458; Patten et al, 1997, Curr. Opinion Biotechnol. 8:724-33; Harayama, 1998, Trends Biotechnol. 16(2):76-82; Hansson, et al, 1999, J. Mol. Biol. 287:265-76; and Lorenzo and Blasco, 1998, Biotechniques 24(2):308- 313 (each of these patents and publications are hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety). Antibodies or fragments thereof, or the encoded antibodies or fragments thereof, may be altered by being subjected to random mutagenesis by error-prone PCR, random nucleotide insertion or other methods prior to recombination. A polynucleotide encoding an antibody or fragment thereof that specifically binds to a TMEM16A protein may be recombined with one or more components, motifs, sections, parts, domains, fragments, etc. of one or more heterologous molecules.
[00159] Moreover, the antibodies or fragments thereof can be fused to marker sequences, such as a peptide to facilitate purification. In preferred embodiments, the marker amino acid sequence is a hexa-histidine peptide, such as the tag provided in a pQE vector (QIAGEN, Inc., 9259 Eton Avenue, Chatsworth, CA, 9131 1), among others, many of which are commercially available. As described in Gentz et al, 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:821-824, for instance, hexa- histidine provides for convenient purification of the fusion protein. Other peptide tags useful for purification include, but are not limited to, the hemagglutinin ("HA") tag, which corresponds to an epitope derived from the influenza hemagglutinin protein (Wilson et al, 1984, Cell 37:767), and the "flag" tag.
[00160] In other embodiments, antibodies of the present invention or fragments thereof linked to a diagnostic or detectable agent. Such antibodies can be useful for monitoring or prognosing the onset, development, progression and/or severity of a disease or disorder as part of a clinical testing procedure, such as determining the efficacy of a particular therapy. Such diagnosis and detection can accomplished by coupling the antibody to detectable substances including, but not limited to, various enzymes, such as, but not limited to, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; prosthetic groups, such as, but not limited to, streptavidinlbiotin and avidin/biotin; fluorescent materials, such as, but not limited to, umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocynate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin; luminescent materials, such as, but not limited to, luminol; bioluminescent materials, such as but not limited to, luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin; radioactive materials, such as, but not limited to, iodine (1311, 1251, 1231, and 1211,), carbon (14C), sulfur (35S), tritium (3H), indium (115In, 1 13In, 112In, and 11 lln,), technetium (99Tc), thallium (201Ti), gallium (68Ga, 67Ga), palladium (103Pd), molybdenum (99Mo), xenon (133Xe), fluorine (18F), 153Sm, 177Lu, 159Gd, 149Pm, 140La, 175Yb, 166Ho, 90Y, 47Sc,
186Re, 188Re,142 Pr, 105Rh, 97Ru, 68Ge, 57Co, 65Zn, 85Sr, 32P, 153Gd, 169Yb, 51Cr, 54Mn, 75Se, 1 13Sn, and 117Tin; and positron emitting metals using various positron emission tomographies, and noradioactive paramagnetic metal ions.
[00161] Antibodies may also be attached to solid supports, which are particularly useful for immunoassays or purification of the target antigen. Such solid supports include, but are not limited to, glass, cellulose, polyacrylamide, nylon, polystyrene, polyvinyl chloride or
polypropylene.
3. Methods of Producing Antibodies of the Invention
[00162] Once an archetypal anti-human TMEM16A antibody, for example, 5E2D1 and 12E11 , has been isolated that has the desired properties (e.g., internalizing upon binding) described herein, it is straightforward to generate other antibodies with similar properties, using art-known methods (see, e.g., Kohler & Milstein, Nature 256:495-497 (1975); Kozbor et ah, Immunology Today 4:72 (1983); Cole et ah, Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, pp. 77-96. Alan R. Liss, Inc. 1985). Techniques for the production of single chain antibodies (U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778) can be adapted to produce antibodies to polypeptides of this invention.
Also, transgenic mice, or other organisms such as other mammals, may be used to express humanized antibodies. Alternatively, phage display technology can be used to identify antibodies and heteromeric Fab fragments that specifically bind to selected antigens (see, e.g., McCafferty et al, supra; Marks et al, Biotechnology, 10:779-783, (1992)).
Nucleic acid molecules encoding antibodies of the invention
[00163] Another aspect of the invention pertains to nucleic acid molecules that encode the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention. The nucleic acids may be present in whole cells, in a cell lysate, or may be nucleic acids in a partially purified or substantially pure form. A nucleic acid is "isolated" or "rendered substantially pure" when purified away from other cellular components or other contaminants, e.g., other cellular nucleic acids or proteins, by standard techniques, including alkaline/SDS treatment, CsCl banding, column chromatography, agarose gel electrophoresis and others well known in the art. See, F. Ausubel, et al., ed. 1987 Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing and Wiley Interscience, New York. A nucleic acid of the invention can be, for example, DNA or RNA and may or may not contain intronic sequences. In an embodiment, the nucleic acid is a cDNA molecule. The nucleic acid may be present in a vector such as a phage display vector, or in a recombinant plasmid vector.
[00164] Nucleic acids of the invention can be obtained using standard molecular biology techniques. For antibodies expressed by hybridomas (e.g., hybridomas prepared from transgenic mice carrying human immunoglobulin genes as described further below), cDNAs encoding the light and heavy chains of the antibody made by the hybridoma can be obtained by standard PCR amplification or cDNA cloning techniques. For antibodies obtained from an immunoglobulin gene library (e.g., using phage display techniques), nucleic acid encoding the antibody can be recovered from various phage clones that are members of the library.
[00165] Once DNA fragments encoding VH and VL segments are obtained, these DNA fragments can be further manipulated by standard recombinant DNA techniques, for example to convert the variable region genes to full-length antibody chain genes, to Fab fragment genes or to an scFv gene. In these manipulations, a VL- or Vn-encoding DNA fragment is operatively linked to another DNA molecule, or to a fragment encoding another protein, such as an antibody constant region or a flexible linker. The term "operatively linked", as used in this context, is intended to mean that the two DNA fragments are joined in a functional manner, for example,
such that the amino acid sequences encoded by the two DNA fragments remain in- frame, or such that the protein is expressed under control of a desired promoter.
[00166] The isolated DNA encoding the VH region can be converted to a full-length heavy chain gene by operatively linking the Vn-encoding DNA to another DNA molecule encoding heavy chain constant regions (CHI, CH2 and CH3). The sequences of human heavy chain constant region genes are known in the art (see e.g., Kabat et al., 1991 Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242) and DNA fragments encompassing these regions can be obtained by standard PCR amplification. The heavy chain constant region can be an IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgE, IgM or IgD constant region. For a Fab fragment heavy chain gene, the Vn- encoding DNA can be operatively linked to another DNA molecule encoding only the heavy chain CHI constant region.
[00167] The isolated DNA encoding the VL region can be converted to a full-length light chain gene (as well as to a Fab light chain gene) by operatively linking the VL-encoding DNA to another DNA molecule encoding the light chain constant region, CL. The sequences of human light chain constant region genes are known in the art (see e.g., Kabat et al., 1991 Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242) and DNA fragments encompassing these regions can be obtained by standard PCR amplification. The light chain constant region can be a kappa or a lambda constant region.
[00168] To create an scFv gene, the VH- and VL-encoding DNA fragments are operatively linked to another fragment encoding a flexible linker, e.g., encoding the amino acid sequence (Gly4 -Ser)3, such that the VH and VL sequences can be expressed as a contiguous single-chain protein, with the VL and VH regions joined by the flexible linker (see e.g., Bird et al., 1988 Science 242:423-426; Huston et al, 1988 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883; McCafferty et al, 1990 Nature 348:552-554).
Monoclonal Antibody Generation
[00169] Monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) can be produced by a variety of techniques, including conventional monoclonal antibody methodology e.g., the standard somatic cell hybridization
technique of Kohler and Milstein (1975 Nature, 256:495), or using library display methods, such as phage display.
[00170] An animal system for preparing hybridomas is the murine system. Hybridoma production in the mouse is a well established procedure. Immunization protocols and techniques for isolation of immunized splenocytes for fusion are known in the art. Fusion partners (e.g., murine myeloma cells) and fusion procedures are also known.
[00171] Chimeric or humanized antibodies of the present invention can be prepared based on the sequence of a murine monoclonal antibody prepared as described above. DNA encoding the heavy and light chain immunoglobulins can be obtained from the murine hybridoma of interest and engineered to contain non-murine (e.g., human) immunoglobulin sequences using standard molecular biology techniques. For example, to create a chimeric antibody, the murine variable regions can be linked to human constant regions using methods known in the art (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567 to Cabilly et al.). To create a humanized antibody, the murine CDR regions can be inserted into a human framework using methods known in the art. See e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539, and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,530,101 ; 5,585,089; 5,693,762 and 6,180,370.
[00172] In a certain embodiment, the antibodies of the invention are human monoclonal antibodies. Such human monoclonal antibodies directed against TMEM16A can be generated using transgenic or transchromosomic mice carrying parts of the human immune system rather than the mouse system. These transgenic and transchromosomic mice include mice referred to herein as HuMAb mice and KM mice, respectively, and are collectively referred to herein as "human Ig mice."
[00173] The HuMAb mouse® (Medarex, Inc.) contains human immunoglobulin gene miniloci that encode un-rearranged human heavy (μ and γ) and κ light chain immunoglobulin sequences, together with targeted mutations that inactivate the endogenous μ and κ chain loci (see, e.g., Lonberg et al, 1994 Nature 368(6474): 856-859). Accordingly, the mice exhibit reduced expression of mouse IgM or κ, and in response to immunization, the introduced human heavy and light chain transgenes undergo class switching and somatic mutation to generate high affinity human IgGx monoclonal (Lonberg, N. et al., 1994 supra; reviewed in Lonberg, N., 1994 Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology 1 13:49-101 ; Lonberg, N. and Huszar, D., 1995 Intern. Rev. Immunol.13: 65-93, and Harding, F. and Lonberg, N., 1995 Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 764:536-
546). The preparation and use of HuMAb mice, and the genomic modifications carried by such mice, is further described in Taylor, L. et al., 1992 Nucleic Acids Research 20:6287-6295; Chen, J. et at., 1993 International Immunology 5: 647-656; Tuaillon et al., 1993 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:3720-3724; Choi et al, 1993 Nature Genetics 4: 1 17-123; Chen, J. et al, 1993 EMBO J. 12: 821-830; Tuaillon et al, 1994 J. Immunol. 152:2912-2920; Taylor, L. et al, 1994
International Immunology 579-591 ; and Fishwild, D. et al., 1996 Nature Biotechnology 14: 845- 851 , the contents of all of which are hereby specifically incorporated by reference in their entirety. See further, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,545,806; 5,569,825; 5,625,126; 5,633,425; 5,789,650; 5,877,397; 5,661 ,016; 5,814,318; 5,874,299; and 5,770,429; all to Lonberg and Kay; U.S. Pat. No. 5,545,807 to Surani et al; PCT Pub. Nos. WO 92103918, WO 93/12227, WO 94/25585, WO 971 13852, WO 98/24884 and WO 99/45962, all to Lonberg and Kay; and PCT Pub. No. WO 01/14424 to Korman et al.
[00174] In another embodiment, human antibodies of the invention can be raised using a mouse that carries human immunoglobulin sequences on transgenes and transchomosomes, such as a mouse that carries a human heavy chain transgene and a human light chain
transchromosome. Such mice, referred to herein as "KM mice", are described in detail in WO 02/43478.
[00175] Still further, alternative transgenic animal systems expressing human
immunoglobulin genes are available in the art and can be used to raise anti-TMEM16A antibodies of the invention. For example, an alternative transgenic system referred to as the Xenomouse® (Abgenix, Inc.) can be used. Such mice are described in, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos.
5,939,598; 6,075,181 ; 6,1 14,598; 6, 150,584 and 6,162,963 to Kucherlapati et al.
[00176] Moreover, alternative transchromosomic animal systems expressing human immunoglobulin genes are available in the art and can be used to raise anti-TMEM16A antibodies of the invention. For example, mice carrying both a human heavy chain
transchromosome and a human light chain tranchromosome, referred to as "TC mice" can be used; such mice are described in Tomizuka et al., 2000 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97:722-727. Furthermore, cows carrying human heavy and light chain transchromosomes have been described in the art (Kuroiwa et al., 2002 Nature Biotechnology 20:889-894) and can be used to raise anti-TMEM16A antibodies of the invention.
[00177] Human monoclonal antibodies of the invention can also be prepared using phage display methods for screening libraries of human immunoglobulin genes. Such phage display methods for isolating human antibodies are established in the art. See for example: U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,223,409; 5,403,484; and 5,571 ,698 to Ladner et al; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,427,908 and
5,580,717 to Dower et al; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,969,108 and 6,172,197 to McCafferty et al; and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,885,793; 6,521 ,404; 6,544,731 ; 6,555,313; 6,582,915 and 6,593,081 to Griffiths et al. Libraries can be screened for binding to full length TMEM16A or to a particular epitope of TMEM16A (e.g., KLIRYLKLKQ, or RYKDYREPPWS).
[00178] Human monoclonal antibodies of the invention can also be prepared using SCID mice into which human immune cells have been reconstituted such that a human antibody response can be generated upon immunization. Such mice are described in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,476,996 and 5,698,767 to Wilson et al.
Generation of human monoclonal antibodies in Human Ig Mice
[00179] Purified recombinant human TMEM16A expressed in prokaryotic cells (e.g., E. coli) or eukaryotic cells (e.g., mammalian cells, e.g., HEK293 cells) can be used as the antigen. The protein can be linked to a carrier, such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH).
[00180] Fully human monoclonal antibodies to TMEM16A are prepared using HCo7, HCol2 and HCol7 strains of HuMab transgenic mice and the KM strain of transgenic transchromosomic mice, each of which express human antibody genes. In each of these mouse strains, the endogenous mouse kappa light chain gene can be homozygously disrupted as described in Chen et al., 1993 EMBO J.12:81 1 -820 and the endogenous mouse heavy chain gene can be
homozygously disrupted as described in Example 1 of WO 01 109187. Each of these mouse strains carries a human kappa light chain transgene, KCo5, as described in Fishwild et al., 1996 Nature Biotechnology 14:845-851. The HCo7 strain carries the HCo7 human heavy chain transgene as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,545,806; 5,625,825; and 5,545,807. The HCol2 strain carries the HCol2 human heavy chain transgene as described in Example 2 of WO 01/09187. The HCol 7 stain carries the HCol 7 human heavy chain transgene. The KNM strain contains the SC20 transchromosome as described in WO 02/43478.
[00181] To generate fully human monoclonal antibodies to TMEM16A, HuMab mice and KM mice are immunized with purified recombinant TMEM16A, a TMEM16A fragment (e.g., a
peptide comprising or consisting of SEQ ID NO:3 or SEQ ID NO:4), or a conjugate thereof (e.g., TMEM 16 A-KLH) as antigen. General immunization schemes for HuMab mice are described in Lonberg, N. et al, 1994 Nature 368(6474): 856-859; Fishwild, D. et al, 1996 Nature Biotechnology 14:845-851 and WO 98/24884. The mice are 6-16 weeks of age upon the first infusion of antigen. A purified recombinant preparation (5-50 μg) of the antigen is used to immunize the HuMab mice and KM mice in the peritoneal cavity, subcutaneously (Sc) or by footpad injection.
[00182] Transgenic mice are immunized twice with antigen in complete Freund's adjuvant or Ribi adjuvant either in the peritoneal cavity (IP), subcutaneously (Sc) or by footpad (FP), followed by 3-21 days IP, Sc or FP immunization (up to a total of 1 1 immunizations) with the antigen in incomplete Freund's or Ribi adjuvant. The immune response is monitored by retroorbital bleeds. The plasma is screened by ELISA, and mice with sufficient titers of anti- TMEM16A human immunogolobulin are used for fusions. Mice are boosted intravenously with antigen 3 and 2 days before sacrifice and removal of the spleen. Typically, 10-35 fusions for each antigen are performed. Several dozen mice are immunized for each antigen. A total of 82 mice of the HCo7, HCol2, HCol7 and KM mice strains are immunized with TMEM16A.
[00183] To select HuMab or KM mice producing antibodies that bound TMEM16A, sera from immunized mice can be tested by ELISA as described by Fishwild, D. et al., 1996. Briefly, microtiter plates are coated with purified recombinant TMEM16A at 1 -2 μg /ml in PBS, 50 μΐ/wells incubated 4 °C overnight then blocked with 200 μΐ/well of 5% chicken serum in
PBS/Tween (0.05%). Dilutions of plasma from TMEM 16 A- immunized mice are added to each well and incubated for 1-2 hours at ambient temperature. The plates are washed with
PBS/Tween and then incubated with a goat-anti-human IgG Fc polyclonal antibody conjugated with horseradish peroxidase (HRP) for 1 hour at room temperature. After washing, the plates are developed with ABTS substrate (Sigma, A- 1888, 0.22 mg/ml) and analyzed by
spectrophotometer at OD 415-495. Splenocytes of mice that developed the highest titers of anti- TMEM16A antibodies are used for fusions. Fusions are performed and hybridoma supernatants are tested for anti-TMEM16A activity by ELISA.
[00184] The mouse splenocytes, isolated from the HuMab mice and KM mice, are fused with PEG to a mouse myeloma cell line based upon standard protocols. The resulting hybridomas are
then screened for the production of antigen-specific antibodies. Single cell suspensions of splenic lymphocytes from immunized mice are fused to one-fourth the number of SP2/0 nonsecreting mouse myeloma cells (ATCC, CRL 1581) with 50% PEG (Sigma). Cells are plated at approximately 1x10 5/well in flat bottom microtiter plates, followed by about two weeks of incubation in selective medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum, 10% P388D 1(ATCC, CRL TIB-63) conditioned medium, 3-5% Origen® (IGEN) in DMEM (Mediatech, CRL 10013, with high glucose, L-glutamine and sodium pyruvate) plus 5 mM HEPES, 0.055 mM 2- mercaptoethanol, 50 μg/ml gentamycin and lx HAT (Sigma, CRL P-7185). After 1-2 weeks, cells are cultured in medium in which the HAT is replaced with HT. Individual wells are then screened by ELISA for human anti-TMEM16A monoclonal IgG antibodies. Once extensive hybridoma growth occurred, medium is monitored usually after 10-14 days. The antibody secreting hybridomas are replated, screened again and, if still positive for human IgG, anti- TMEM16A monoclonal antibodies are subcloned at least twice by limiting dilution. The stable subclones are then cultured in vitro to generate small amounts of antibody in tissue culture medium for further characterization.
Generation of hybridomas producing human monoclonal antibodies
[00185] To generate hybridomas producing human monoclonal antibodies of the invention, splenocytes and/or lymph node cells from immunized mice can be isolated and fused to an appropriate immortalized cell line, such as a mouse myeloma cell line. The resulting hybridomas can be screened for the production of antigen-specific antibodies. For example, single cell suspensions of splenic lymphocytes from immunized mice can be fused to one-sixth the number of P3X63-Ag8.653 nonsecreting mouse myeloma cells (ATCC, CRL 1580) with 50% PEG. Cells are plated at approximately 2 x 145 in flat bottom microtiter plates, followed by a two week incubation in selective medium containing 20% fetal Clone Serum, 18% "653" conditioned media, 5% Origen® (IGEN), 4 mM L-glutamine, 1 mM sodium pyruvate, 5mM HEPES, 0:055 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, 50 units/ml penicillin, 50 μg/ml streptomycin, 50 μg/ml gentamycin and IX HAT (Sigma; the HAT is added 24 hours after the fusion). After approximately two weeks, cells can be cultured in medium in which the HAT is replaced with HT. Individual wells can then be screened by ELISA for human monoclonal IgM and IgG antibodies. Once extensive hybridoma growth occurs, medium can be observed usually after 10-14 days. The antibody secreting hybridomas can be replated, screened again, and if still positive for human IgG, the
monoclonal antibodies can be subcloned at least twice by limiting dilution. The stable subclones can then be cultured in vitro to generate small amounts of antibody in tissue culture medium for characterization.
[00186] To purify human monoclonal antibodies, selected hybridomas can be grown in two-liter spinner-flasks for monoclonal antibody purification. Supernatants can be filtered and concentrated before affinity chromatography with protein A-sepharose (Pharmacia, Piscataway, N.J.). Eluted IgG can be checked by gel electrophoresis and high performance liquid
chromatography to ensure purity. The buffer solution can be exchanged into PBS, and the concentration can be determined by OD28o using an extinction coefficient of 1.43. The monoclonal antibodies can be aliquoted and stored at -80° C.
Generation of transfectomas producing monoclonal antibodies
[00187] Antibodies of the invention also can be produced in a host cell transfectoma using, for example, a combination of recombinant DNA techniques and gene transfection methods as is well known in the art (e.g., Morrison, 1985 Science 229: 1202). [00188] For example, to express the antibodies, or antibody fragments thereof, DNAs encoding partial or full-length light and heavy chains, can be obtained by standard molecular biology techniques (e.g., PCR amplification or cDNA cloning using a hybridoma that expresses the antibody of interest) and the DNAs can be inserted into expression vectors such that the genes are operative ly linked to transcriptional and trans lational control sequences. In this context, the term "operatively linked" is intended to mean that an antibody gene is ligated into a vector such that transcriptional and translational control sequences within the vector serve their intended function of regulating the transcription and translation of the antibody gene. The expression vector and expression control sequences are chosen to be compatible with the expression host cell used. The antibody light chain gene and the antibody heavy chain gene can be inserted into separate vector or, more typically, both genes are inserted into the same expression vector. The antibody genes are inserted into the expression vector by standard methods (e.g., ligation of complementary restriction sites on the antibody gene fragment and vector, or blunt end ligation if no restriction sites are present). The light and heavy chain variable regions of the antibodies described herein can be used to create full-length antibody genes of any antibody isotype by inserting them into expression vectors already encoding heavy
chain constant and light chain constant regions of the desired isotype such that the VH segment is operatively linked to the CH segment(s) within the vector and the VL segment is operatively linked to the CL segment within the vector. Additionally or alternatively, the recombinant expression vector can encode a signal peptide that facilitates secretion of the antibody chain from a host cell. The antibody chain gene can be cloned into the vector such that the signal peptide is linked in frame to the amino terminus of the antibody chain gene. The signal peptide can be an immunoglobulin signal peptide or a heterologous signal peptide (i.e., a signal peptide from a non-immunoglobulin protein).
[00189] In addition to the antibody chain genes, the recombinant expression vectors of the invention carry regulatory sequences that control the expression of the antibody chain genes in a host cell. The term "regulatory sequence" is intended to include promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals) that control the transcription or translation of the antibody chain genes. Such regulatory sequences are described, for example, in Goeddel (Gene Expression Technology. 1990 Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, CA). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the design of the expression vector, including the selection of regulatory sequences, may depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, etc. Regulatory sequences for mammalian host cell expression include viral elements that direct high levels of protein expression in mammalian cells, such as promoters and/or enhancers derived from cytomegalovirus (CMV), Simian Virus 40 (SV40), adenovirus (e.g., the adenovirus major late promoter (AdMLP)), and polyoma. Alternatively, nonviral regulatory sequences may be used, such as the ubiquitin promoter or P-globin promoter. Still further, regulatory elements composed of sequences from different sources, such as the SRa promoter system, which contains sequences from the SV40 early promoter and the long terminal repeat of human T cell leukemia virus type 1 (Takebe et al, 1988 Mol. Cell. Biol. 8:466-472).
[00190] In addition to the antibody chain genes and regulatory sequences, the recombinant expression vectors of the invention may carry additional sequences, such as sequences that regulate replication of the vector in host cells (e.g., origins of replication) and selectable marker genes. The selectable marker gene facilitates selection of host cells into which the vector has been introduced (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,399,216; 4,634,665; and 5,179,017, all by Axel et al.). For example, typically the selectable marker gene confers resistance to drugs, such as G418,
hygromycin or methotrexate, on a host cell into which the vector has been introduced.
Selectable marker genes include the dihydro folate reductase (DHFR) gene (for use in dhfr- host cells with methotrexate selection/amplification) and the neo gene (for G418 selection).
[00191] For expression of the light and heavy chains, the expression vector(s) encoding the heavy and light chains is trans fected into a host cell by standard techniques. The various forms of the term "transfection" are intended to encompass a wide variety of techniques commonly used for the introduction of exogenous DNA into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell, e.g., electroporation, calcium-phosphate precipitation, DEAE-dextran transfection and the like. It is theoretically possible to express the antibodies of the invention in either prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cells. Expression of antibodies in eukaryotic cells, in particular mammalian host cells, is discussed because such eukaryotic cells, and in particular mammalian cells, are more likely than prokaryotic cells to assemble and secrete a properly folded and immunologically active antibody. Prokaryotic expression of antibody genes has been reported to be ineffective for production of high yields of active antibody (Boss and Wood, 1985 Immunology Today 6: 12- 13).
[00192] Mammalian host cells for expressing the recombinant antibodies of the invention include Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO cells) (including dhfr- CHO cells, described Urlaub and Chasin, 1980 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216-4220 used with a DH FR selectable marker, e.g., as described in Kaufman and Sharp, 1982 Mol. Biol. 159:601-621, NSO myeloma cells, COS cells and SP2 cells. In particular, for use with NSO myeloma cells, another expression system is the GS gene expression system shown in WO 87/04462, WO 89/01036 and EP 338,841. When recombinant expression vectors encoding antibody genes are introduced into mammalian host cells, the antibodies are produced by culturing the host cells for a period of time sufficient to allow for expression of the antibody in the host cells or secretion of the antibody into the culture medium in which the host cells are grown. Antibodies can be recovered from the culture medium using standard protein purification methods.
4. Assays for Identifying and Functional Analysis of the TMEM16A Binding
Molecules
[00193] Standard assays to evaluate the ability of molecules to bind to TMEM16A of various species, and particular epitopes of TMEM16A, are known in the art, including, for example,
ELISAs and western blots. Determination of whether an TMEM16A binding molecule binds to a specific epitope of TMEM16A (e.g., KLIRYLKLKQ or RYKDYREPPWS) can employ a peptide epitope competition assay. For example, a TMEM16A binding molecule is incubated with a peptide corresponding to a TMEM16A epitope of interest (e.g., KLIRYLKLKQ or RYKDYREPPWS) at saturating concentrations of peptide. The preincubated TMEM16A binding molecule is tested for binding to immobilized TMEM16A, e.g., by Biacore® analysis. Inhibition of TMEM16A binding by preincubation with the peptide indicates that the TMEM16A binding molecule binds to the peptide epitope. Binding kinetics also can be assessed by standard assays known in the art, such as by Biacore® analysis or apparent binding by FACS analysis. Assays to evaluate the effects of TMEM16A binding molecules on functional properties of TMEM 16A are described in further detail below.
[00194] Accordingly, an TMEM16A binding molecule that "inhibits" one or more of these TMEM16A functional properties (e.g., biochemical, cellular, physiological or other biological activities, or the like), as determined according to methodologies known to the art and described herein, will be understood to produce a statistically significant decrease in the particular functional property relative to that seen in the absence of the binding molecule (e.g., when a control molecule of irrelevant specificity is present). A TMEM16A binding molecule that inhibits TMEM16A activity effects such a statistically significant decrease by at least 5% of the measured parameter. In certain embodiments, an antagonizing antibody or other TMEM16A binding molecule may produce a decrease in the selected functional property of at least 10%, 20%, 30%, or 50% compared to control.
[00195] In some embodiments, TMEM16A inhibition is determined by measuring levels of proteins or protein stability functioning in the same pathway as that of TMEME16A. In other embodiments, biological, physiological, and/or morphological changes indicate that the
TMEM16A binding molecule inhibits TMEM16A, e.g., to inhibit the growth of a tumor cell or to induce apoptosis in a tumor cell including genes associated with the TMEM16A colocalized in the 1 lql 3 amplicon, i.e., Cyclin D, FGF 19, FGF3, FGF4, EMS 1 ,PPFIA1 , FADD.
[00196] Contrarily, a TMEM16A binding molecule that agonizes or promotes TMEM16A activity effectuates such a statistically significant increase by at least 5% of the measured parameter. In certain embodiments, an agonizing antibody or other TMEM16A binding
molecule may produce an increase in the selected functional property of at least 10%, 20%, 30%, or 50% compared to control.
[00197] In some embodiments, TMEM16A inhibition is determined by measuring expression or stability levels of downstream mRNA messages or proteins in TMEM16A pathway. These pathways include all oncogenic transcription factors or oncogenic pathways upstream or downstream of TMEM16A, including but are not limited to, the transcription factors KLF4, cMYC, RAS, Raf, p53, and El A or the IL4 signaling transduction pathway known to up-regulate TMEM16A expression levels. In other embodiments, biological, physiological, and/or morphological changes indicate that the TMEM16A binding molecule inhibits TMEM16A function, e.g., blockade of calcium activated chloride channel activity as measured by patch clamp.
[00198] Amplification and/or overexpression of TMEM16A (in GIST and ESCC) suggests a functional role in cancer. Loss of function of TMEM16A either by blockade with an
antagonistic antibody, toxin conjugated antibody, synthetic small molecule, or siR A will lead to a loss of viability of tumor cells. In vitro assays including measurement of ATP using a luciferase reporter, growth in soft agar, growth in a colony formation assay, or growth as a sphereoid are all cell based viability read outs of TMEM16A activity.
[00199] Transgenic animals and cell lines are particularly useful in screening antibodies or antibody- drug conjugates (ADC) that have potential as prophylactic or therapeutic treatments of diseases or disorders involving overexpression of tumor-associated antigens, e.g. TMEM16A. Screening for a useful antibody or ADC may involve administering candidate antibody or ADC over a range of doses to the transgenic animal, and assaying at various time points for the effect(s) of the antibody or ADC on the disease or disorder being evaluated. Alternatively, or additionally, the drug can be administered prior to or simultaneously with exposure to an inducer of the disease, if applicable. Candidate antibody or ADC may be screened serially and individually, or in parallel under medium or high-throughput screening format. The rate at which antibody or ADC may be screened for utility for prophylactic or therapeutic treatments of diseases or disorders is limited only by the rate of synthesis or screening methodology, including detecting/measuring/analysis of data.
[00200] The cytotoxic or cytostatic activity of an antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) can be measured by: exposing mammalian cells having tumor-associated antigens (e.g., TMEM16A) to the antibody of the ADC in a cell culture medium; culturing the cells for a period from about 6 hours to about 5 days; and measuring cell viability. Cell-based in vitro assays may be used to measure viability, e.g.. proliferation (IC50), cytotoxicity (EC50), and induction of apoptosis (caspase activation) of the ADC.
5. Compositions Comprising TMEM16A Binding Molecules
[00201] The invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising the present anti- TMEM 16A antibodies or antigen-binding molecules formulated together with a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The compositions can additionally contain other therapeutic agents that are suitable for treating or preventing a given disorder. Pharmaceutically carriers enhance or stabilize the composition, or to facilitate preparation of the composition.
Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like that are
physiologically compatible.
[00202] A pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be administered by a variety of methods known in the art. The route and/or mode of administration vary depending upon the desired results. It is preferred that administration be intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous, or administered proximal to the site of the target. The pharmaceutically acceptable carrier should be suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, parenteral, intranasal, inhalational, spinal or epidermal administration (e.g., by injection or infusion). Depending on the route of administration, the active compound, i.e., antibody, bispecific and multispecific molecule, may be coated in a material to protect the compound from the action of acids and other natural conditions that may inactivate the compound.
[00203] The antibodies (or antigen binding molecules) of the invention, alone or in combination with other suitable components, can be made into aerosol formulations (i.e., they can be "nebulized") to be administered via inhalation. Aerosol formulations can be placed into pressurized acceptable propellants, such as dichlorodifluoromethane, propane, nitrogen, and the like.
[00204] In some embodiments, the composition is sterile and fluid. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by use of coating such as lecithin, by maintenance of required particle size in the case of dispersion and by use of surfactants. In many cases, it is preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol, and sodium chloride in the composition. Long-term absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate or gelatin.
[00205] Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be prepared in accordance with methods well known and routinely practiced in the art. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are determined in part by the particular composition being administered, as well as by the particular method used to administer the composition. Accordingly, there is a wide variety of suitable formulations of pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention. Applicable methods for formulating the antibodies and determining appropriate dosing and scheduling can be found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Ed., University of the Sciences in Philadelphia, Eds., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (2005); and in Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference, Sweetman, 2005, London: Pharmaceutical Press., and in Martindale, Martindale: The Extra Pharmacopoeia, 31 st Edition., 1996, Amer Pharmaceutical Assn, and Sustained and Controlled Release Drug Delivery Systems, J.R. Robinson, ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1978, each of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
Pharmaceutical compositions are preferably manufactured under GMP conditions. Typically, a therapeutically effective dose or efficacious dose of the anti-TMEM16A antibody is employed in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention. The anti-TMEM16A antibodies are formulated into pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms by conventional methods known to those of skill in the art. Dosage regimens are adjusted to provide the desired response (e.g., a therapeutic response). In determining a therapeutically or prophylactically effective dose, a low dose can be administered and then incrementally increased until a desired response is achieved with minimal or no undesired side effects. For example, a single bolus may be administered, several divided doses may be administered over time or the dose may be proportionally reduced or increased as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. It is especially advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units
suited as unitary dosages for the subjects to be treated; each unit contains a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
[00206] Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient which is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient. The selected dosage level depends upon a variety of pharmacokinetic factors including the activity of the particular compositions of the present invention employed, or the ester, salt or amide thereof, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular compositions employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors.
6. Uses and Methods of the Invention
[00207] The TMEM16A binding molecules described herein have in vitro and in vivo diagnostic and therapeutic utilities. For example, these molecules can be administered to cells in culture, e.g. in vitro or in vivo, or in a subject, to treat, prevent or diagnose a variety of disorders. TMEM 16A binding molecules are particularly suitable for treating human patients suffering from cancer, infectious diarrhea (bacterial or viral), or sepsis. An agonist antibody or low molecular weight inhibitor approach could be employed for dry eye or dry mouth (Sjogren's syndrome).
[00208] In one embodiment, TMEM16A binding molecules can be used to diagnose, ameliorate the symptoms of, protect against, and treat cancer by binding to ECD2 or ECD3 of TMEM16A. Cancers which are amenable to treatment by the administration of the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention include but are not limited to gastrointestinal cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, oral squamous cell carcinoma, head and neck cancer, and all other cancers relating to 1 lql3 amplification.
[00209] In a related fashion, the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention are capable of inhibiting the growth of a tumor cell, or of inducing apoptosis in, or inhibiting angiogenesis of, a
tumor cell. For example, to inhibit tumor growth, a tumor cell can be contacted with an anti- TMEM 16A antibody, antibody fragment thereof, an antibody drug conjugate, or other
TMEM16A binding molecules.
[00210] When TMEM16A binding molecules are administered together with another agent, the two can be administered sequentially in either order or simultaneously. In some
embodiments, a TMEM16A binding molecule is administered to a subject who is also receiving therapy with a second agent. Said second agent can be a chemo therapeutic, in the case of cancers. A combination therapy regimen may be additive, or it may produce synergistic results (e.g., increases in apoptosis of cancer cells greater than expected for the combined use of the two agents).
[00211] In one embodiment, the TMEM16A binding molecules of the invention can be used to detect levels of TMEM16A. This can be achieved, for example, by contacting a sample (such as an in vitro sample) and a control sample with the TMEM16A binding molecule under conditions that allow for the formation of a complex between the binding molecule and
TMEM16A. Any complexes formed between the molecule and TMEM16A are detected and compared in the sample and the control. For example, standard detection methods, well known in the art, such as ELISA and flow cytometric assays, can be performed using the compositions of the invention.
[00212] Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention further provides methods for detecting the presence of TMEM16A (e.g., human TMEM16A) in a sample, or measuring the amount of TMEM16A, comprising contacting the sample, and a control sample, with an TMEM16A binding molecule (e.g., an antibody) of the invention, under conditions that allow for formation of a complex between the antibody or portion thereof and TMEM16A. The formation of a complex is then detected, wherein a difference in complex formation between the sample compared to the control sample is indicative of the presence of TMEM16A in the sample.
[00213] Also within the scope of the invention are kits consisting of the compositions of the invention and instructions for use. The kit can further contain a least one additional reagent, or one or more additional antibodies of the invention (e.g., an antibody having a complementary activity which binds to an epitope on the target antigen distinct from the first antibody). Kits typically include a label indicating the intended use of the contents of the kit. The term label
includes any writing, or recorded material supplied on or with the kit, or which otherwise accompanies the kit.
[00214] The invention having been fully described, it is further illustrated by the following examples and claims, which are illustrative and are not meant to be further limiting. Those skilled in the art will recognize or be able to ascertain using no more than routine
experimentation, numerous equivalents to the specific procedures described herein. Such equivalents are within the scope of the present invention and claims. The contents of all references, including issued patents and published patent applications, cited throughout this application are hereby incorporated by reference.
EXAMPLES
[00215] The following examples are offered to illustrate, but not to limit the claimed invention.
[00216] Mouse, rat and human TMEM16A have been sequenced and found to be almost identical (>98%) across the whole protein. TMEM16A has been reported to be expressed in mouse epithelia, lung and kidney, acinar cells of the pancreas and submandibular gland.
[00217] The human derived, pharangeal squamous cell carcinoma FaDu cell-line (HTB-43) was grown in Eagles Minimum Essential Medium. The cervical epithelial adenocarcinoma HeLa cell-line (CCL-2) was also cultured in Eagles Minimum Essential Medium. TE- 1 1 is an esophageal squamous cell carcinoma. GIST882 cells are derived from a patient with metastatic GIST tumor. GISTs are classified most often as smooth muscle tumors, however, contemporary histopathological criteria, particularly expression of the c-KIT receptor tyrosine kinase (CD1 17), enable true non-myogenic GISTs to be discriminated from other gastrointestinal mesenchymal tumors. Sequencing of the c-KIT gene has revealed activating mutations in many GISTs, a key role for c-KIT in GIST pathogenesis is supported by the finding that some kindreds with an autosomal dominant pattern of multiple primary GISTs have germline c-KIT activating mutations. The mechanisms of GIST c-KIT activation appear to be varied, as suggested by the finding of oncogenic mutations in the extracellular, juxtamembrane, and kinase domains. The relevance of c-KIT signaling in the pathobiology of GIST has been established using a GIST cell line, GIST882, from a patient with metastatic GIST. The GIST882 cell line is of stromal origin
and grows in perpetuity in cell culture. Both the primary GIST and the GIST882 cell line expressed a c-KIT allele with an exon 13 missense mutation, resulting in a single amino acid substitution, K642E, in the proximal part of the split tyrosine kinase domain. The K642E c-KIT oncoprotein, in GIST882 cell lysates, had constitutive kinase activity. In addition, wild-type c- KIT transcripts were not detected in either the primary tumor or in GIST882, and GIST882 did not proliferate in response to supplemental stem cell factor (SCF). Cytogenetic characterization revealed monosomy of chromosomes 14 and 22 in the GIST882 cell line and primary tumor.
[00218] Te-1 1 and GIST882 cells were cultured in RPMI medium (Invitrogen). All media was supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS), and cells grown in flasks at 37°C in a humidified incubator with 5% C02.
Example 1: Antibody Generation
Generation of an ECD2-binding Antibody
[00219] The peptide sequence KLIRYLKLKQ was used to raise a mouse monoclonal antibody (5E2D1, which is an IgGl antibody). FIG. 1 highlights where the peptide sequence was directed. SP31 (ab64085) Abeam is a rabbit monoclonal antibody against human
TMEM 16A. We have mapped SP-31 binding to the 2nd extracellular domain using peptide blocking experiments and western blotting. BV-10 (ab65970) Abeam is also a rabbit monoclonal antibody against human TMEM 16 A. TMEM16A was detected using a rabbit polyclonal anti-TMEM16A antibody (BV10 ab65970). The immunogen is a synthetic peptide from the C-terminus of human TMEM 16 A.
[00220] In addition, a second rabbit antibody to human TMEM16A ("SP31 ab64085") was tested. Three blocking peptides were generated: Peptide #1 has the amino acid sequence of EEAVKDHPRAEYEARVLEKSLK (SEQ ID NO:5), Peptide #2 has the amino acid sequence of DHEECVKRKQRYEVDYNLE (SEQ ID NO:6); and Peptide #3 has the amino acid sequence of KEKVLMVELFMREEQDK (SEQ ID NO:7). Peptides #1 and #3 did not reduce SP31 ab64085 signal by western blot. Pre-incubation with peptide 2 effectively blocked SP31 at le-2 ugml-1 (see FIG. 7). This data suggests SP31 ab64085 recognizes amino acids 724-742 present in the second extracellular loop (ECD2) of TMEM 16 A.
Generation of an ECD3 Binding Antibody
[00221] Antibodies specifically binding to TMEM16A were also produced by using genetic immunization technology combined with hybridoma technology (see, e.g., Lohrmann et al., Current Drug Discovery, October, 17-21 (2003)). Unlike standard immunization approaches that use protein antigen, genetic immunization uses cDNA and the machinery of the immunized animal to express the resulting antigen. The cDNA used to express TMEM 16A was an optimized chimeric-scaffold vector expressing extracellular loops of a multi-transmembrane- spanning proteins (for detailed method, see, e.g., Larsson et al., J. of Immunological Methods 370: 14-23 (201 1)). The TMEM16A cDNA encodes three extracellular loops of the protein (loops ECD1 , ECD1.1 , ECD3). For TMEM16A antibody generation, five rats were immunized with the TMEM16A cDNA embedding in colloidal gold and delivered via gene gun. Immune cells in the skin including dendritic cells and keratinocytes take up the cDNA and express the protein on the cell surface. Rats that developed a positive immune response against TMEM16A were chosen for fusion and hybridoma generation. Hybridoma supernatants were tested in cell- based ELIS As with CHO cells (Chinese Hamster Ovary Cells) expressing the TMEM 16A cDNA. A subset of hybridomas were selected for subcloning resulting in clonal hybridoma populations each expressing a single TMEM16A antibody. Table 2 describes the relevant sequences of the antibody.
Table 2. Sequence of 12E1 1
SEQ ID HCDR3 SGYYYDGSYYSLFDY
NO:16(Chothia)
SEQ ID NO:17 LCDR1 SQSLLHSNGNTY
(Chothia)
SEQ ID NO:18 LCDR2 LVS
(Chothia)
SEQ ID NO:19 LCDR3 STHAP
(Chothia)
SEQ ID NO:20 VL DVVLTQTPPTLSATIGQSVSISCRSSQSLLHSNGNTYLNWLLQRPG
QPPQLLIYLVSRLESGVPN RFSGSGSGTDFTLKISGVEAEDLGVYYC VQSTHAPAFGGGTKLELK
SEQ ID NO:21 VH QVQLKESGPGLVQPSQTLTLTCTVSGFSLSNYDM HWVRQSPGKG
LDWMGVIWGNGKTQYNSGLTSRLSISRDTSKSQVFLKM NSLQTE DTAIYFCTRSGYYYDGSYYSLFDYWGQGVMVTVSS
SEQ ID NO:22 DNA VL GATGTTGTTCTGACCCAGACTCCACCCACTTTATCGGCTACCATT
GGACAATCAGTCTCCATCTCTTGCAGGTCAAGTCAGAGTCTCTT AC ACAGTAATG G A AACACCTATTTAAATTG GTTG CTACAG AG GC C AG G CC A ACCTCC AC A ACTTCT A ATTT ATTTG GT ATCT AG ACTG G AATCTG GG GTCCCCAACAGGTTCAGTG G CAGTG G GTCAGGAAC TG ATTTC ACACTC A A A ATC AGTG GAGTAGAGGCTG AG G ATTTG G G AGTTT ATT ACTG CGTG C A A AGTACCC ATG CTCCCG CGTTCG G TGGAGGCACCAAGCTGGAATTGAAA
SEQ ID NO:23 DNA VH CAGGTGCAGCTGAAGGAGTCAGGACCTGGTCTGGTGCAGCCCT
CACAGACCCTGACCCTCACCTGCACTGTCTCTGGATTCTCACTTA G C A ACT ATG ATATG C ACTG G GTTCG CCAGTCTCCAG G A A AG G G TCTG G ACTG G ATG G GCGTAATATG G GGTAATG G AAA AACACAA T AT A ATTC AG GTCTC AC ATCCCG ACTG AG CATC AG C AG G G AC AC CTCCAAGAGTCAAG 1 1 1 1 CTTAA AAATG A ACAGTCTG CAAACTG AG G AC AC AG CC ATTT ACTTCTGTACC AG ATCG G GTTATT ACT AT G ATG GT AGTT ATT ATTCCCTCTTTG ATT ATTG G G G CCA AG G AGT CATGGTCACAGTCTCTTCA
Example 2: Epitope Mapping of 12E11
[00222] In order to map the epitope of the 12E11 antibody, a first library of 15-mer peptides was generated based on chimeric sequence linking ECDl and ECD3 domain together with a spacer (Table 3). As a negative control, peptides based on the ECD2 domain were included
(Table 3). In Table 3, sequences in bold represent the spacers between the ECDs; and underlined residues correspond to parental cysteine replaced by serine.
Table 3. Sequences used to generate the peptide library
Amino Acid Sequences
ECDl-3 YGSATM DENI PSMEMSDQRHN ITMSPLSDKTSSYWKMSSASATARASHGSSSGRISMAAALA
M NSSPSVRSNI RVTVTGSSSGPRLVYLYMYSKNGTM HGFVNHTLSSFNVSDFQNGTAPNDPL DLGYEVQISRYKDYREPPWSENKYDISKD (SEQ ID NO:24)
ECD2 N NLFEIGIPKM KKLIRYLKLKQQSPPDH EESVKRKQRYEVDYNLEPFAGLTPEYM (SEQ I D
NO:25)
[00223] Accordingly, each peptide in the first library has 15 amino acids and the sequence is derived by scanning the sequence of interest (see Table 3) with a step of 3 residues, starting from the N-terminus. Therefore a ladder is generated and each peptide contains 12 overlapping residues with the previous peptide and 12 overlapping residues with the following peptide in the ladder. In total, 47 peptides were generated from the ECD1-ECD3 chimeric construct and 15 peptides from the ECD2 sequence.
[00224] A second library of peptides was generated by using the same peptides but flanked by a cysteine residue at the N- and C-terminus to mimic loops by forming a disulfide bridge through oxidation.
[00225] For both libraries, the parental cysteines have been replaced by a serine (underlined residues) to avoid unspecific binding and to be able to produce the cyclic peptides.
[00226] Both set of peptides were printed on microarray slides in triplicate, incubated with the antibody of interest (12E1 1) and control antibodies. One is an incubation with an unrelated antibody from the same isotype (rat control IgG2b), the second using only the secondary antibody (anti-rat IgG (H+L) (JIR, 212-175-082) (Label Cy5)) to assess unspecific binding due to the detection antibody. The experiments are performed essentially as described inMaksimov P, et al. 2012, PLoS One 7:e34212. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone. 0034212.
[00227] The determination of peptide-antibody binding was performed by RepliTope-analysis where the peptide microarray (triplicate) was incubated with the primary antibody followed by a fluorescently labelled secondary antibody directed against the Fc-part of the primary one. All steps were performed on a TECAN microarray processing station enabling highly reliable and reproducible washing and incubation steps. After performing the incubation steps and subsequent to the final washing steps (to remove the unbound secondary antibodies) the microarrays were dried using a nitrogen stream and scanned in a high resolution microarray scanning system with
appropriate wavelength settings. Control incubations were performed with an unrelated antibody having the same isotype to exclude false positive signals.
[00228] The resulting images were analyzed und quantified using spot-recognition software GenePix (Molecular Devices). For each spot, the mean signal intensity was extracted (between 0 and 65535 arbitrary units). For further data evaluation, the MMC2 values were determined. The MMC2 equals the mean value of all three instances on the microarray. Except the coefficient of variation (CV) - standard-deviation divided by the mean value - is larger 0.5, in this case the mean of the two closest values (MC2) is assigned to MMC2.
Results:
[00229] Only 3 overlapping peptides have actual signals which are more than 3 times above background signal after subtraction of the signals of the unrelated antibody. These peptides are the same for the linear and the cyclic peptides. All other peptides produce only signals below 500 AU (arbitrary unit), whereas the weakest of these 3 peptides, peptide 46 (Tables 4 and 5), has a signal of about 15000 AU. Peptide 44 and 45 (Tables 4 and 5), have the strongest signal, therefore the peptide sequence to be considered as containing the binding amino acid to the target antibody is the overlapping stretch between those 2 peptides, without the (C->S replacement): RYKDYREPPWS (SEQ ID NO:4).
Table 4
The residues in bold are the cysteine (C) used for cyclization. Unerlined residues correspond to parental cysteine replaced by serine.
Example 3: Differential Expression in Cancer Versus Normal Tissues
[00230] Two commercial antibodies (SP-31 and BV-10) recognizing TMEM16A were tested against a panel of normal and tumor tissue arrays. Formalin fixed paraffin embedded arrays were obtained from Pantomics. Antibody concentrations were optimized prior to testing the arrays. An array (MN0341) containing 33 types of normal tissue was used to determine expression in patient critical tissues such as liver, kidney, heart. Multiple tumor arrays were tested containing tissue specific normal and cancerous tissue. Tumor arrays tested included GIST481 , a gastrointestinal stromal tumor array containing 24 univolved and GIST tissues. Other arrays were tested from esophagus (ESC241), stomach (STC961) and colon (COC481).
[00231] Addition arrays were obtained from Biomax and tested with SP-31 , BV- 10 and isotype control. Arrays tested included FDA955 normal tissue array, GIST881 , gastrointestinal stromal tumor array, and FIN802 a head and neck tumor array.
[00232] In the Pantomics array MN0341 of 33 normal tissues showed very limited staining with TMEM16A both with the BV-10 antibody and the SP-31 antibody. There was some staining evident in the fallopian tube, spleen, testes and breast duct tissue. No staining was evident in any other tisues in the array which included: cerebellum, small intestine, lung, pituatary gland, umbilical cord, cerebral cortex, stomach, liver, parathyroid adenoma, spinal chord, tonsil, bone marrow kidney, skin, thymus, uterus, bladder, heart, ovary, prostate, adrenal glands, thyroid, colon, lymph node, placenta, startified muscle, and urethra. Similar results were obtained with BV- 10 and SP-31. SP-31 was used for all subsequent immnohistochemistry . FIG. 2 shows TMEM16A expression is elevated in tumor samples relative to normal tissue.
Example 4: TMEM16A is Localized on the Cell Surface
[00233] Cell surface localization of TMEM16A was tested in two different assay systems, formalin fixed paraffin embedded (FFPE) cell line pellets and expression of the TMEM 16A-GFP tagged ORF in Hela and HEK293 cells.
[00234] Formalin fixed paraffin embedded cell line pellets: Gastrointestinal stromal tumor cell lines GIST882 were cultured, embedded in paraffin and formalin fixed. The resulting pellets
were incubated with either SP-31 or IgG isotype control. The detailed method is described herein: cells were grown to 80% confluence in T 150 flasks, media was aspirated and cells rinsed twice with 40 ml of sterile PBS. Cells were initially fixed for 10 min using 40 ml of 10% neutral buffered formalin. Cells were then detached using a scraper and collected into a 50ml conical tube. Fixation was continued for an additional two hours. Post fixation, cells were pelleted by centrifugation for 5 min at 1200 rpm and formalin removed by aspiration. A range of 0.5-lml of warmed histogel (65°C) was added to the cells and mixed gently by pipetting up and down. The cells and warmed gel are transferred into a 7mm X 7mm tissue mold and cooled to room temp. Using a spatula, the gel matrix was removed and placed in a tissue cassette between two sponges. The cassette was passed through a graded series of alcohol (70%, 80%, 95%, and 100% ethanol), xylene, and paraffin under vacuum infiltration for twenty minutes each step, using a tissue processor. The cassette was then removed from the processor and the gel matrix containing the cells was embedded in paraffin wax and ready for sectioning. Sections were cut onto glass slides and stained either with SP-31 or IgG isotype control.
[00235] Result: The isotype control yielded no staining, following incubation with secondary antibody. As shown in FIG. 3, the SP-31 antibody recognizing TMEM16A showed very strong membranous staining, demonstrating high levels of TMEM16A localization on the surface of GIST882 cells.
[00236] Cell surface localization of TMEM16A-GFP: Hela and HEK293 cells have undectable levels of TMEM16A mRNA and protein as measured by RTPCR and Western blot, respectively. Hela and HEK293 cells were transfected with a TMEM16A-GFP fusion protein.
The cDNA ORF ( M 018043.4) was obtained in a plasmid vector pCMV6-AC-gfp (Origene).
The cDNA is GFP tagged at the C-terminus to allow quantification of the expressed protein. As a control, the vector only was used. Hela-TMEM 16 A-GFP Hek293-TMEM16A-GFP stable cell line and Hela-vector only-GFP Hek293-vector only-GFP stable cell line was built following transfection with Fugene HD and selection using geneticin 400ug/ml.
[00237] Result: Stable Hela and HEK293 cell lines expressing either TMEM 16 A-GFP tagged ORF the vector only were generated following Fugene transfection, selction with geneticin and rounds of cell sorting for GFP postitive cells. These cells were seen to be pure populations stably expressing either TMEM16A or vector control. Fluorescence light microscopy shows that the
vector control GFP signal is evident throughout the Hela cells (FIG. 4a(A)). In contrast
TMEM16A-GFP is seen only in the cell membrane in Hela TMEM16A overexpressing cells (FIG. 4a(B)). Fluorescence light microscopy shows that the vector control GFP signal is evident throughout the HEK293 cells (FIG. 4b(A)). In contrast TMEM16A-GFP is seen only in the cell membrane in HEK293 TMEM16A overexpressing cells (FIG. 4b(B)).
Example 5: Target- Antibody Internalization
[00238] GIST882 cells were trypsinized and resuspended at lxl06/ml in growth medium (RPMI-1640). 1 ml of cell suspension was added to ten 5 ml BD Falcon tubes, cells were pelleted, medium aspirated and cell pellets disrupted by agitation. All subsequent washes and dilutions were in phosphate buffered saline plus 1 % fetal bovine serum. Neat 5E2D1 tissue culture supernatant or isotype control (1 μgml-l) was added for 30 min at 4°C. Cells were washed and tubes were placed in a 37°C water bath for 0 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 hour or 4 hours. Following this incubation step 1 :500 dilution of anti-mouse Alexa635 (Invitrogen) was added for 30 min at 4°C. Cells were washed again and returned to 4°C prior to analysis on a BD LSRII.
[00239] 5E2D1 antibody recognizes an extracellular portion of the TMEM16A molecule in ECD2. Using TMEM16A expressing GIST882 cells, we were able to demonstrate good staining by flow cytometry using an APC secondary antibody (SP-31 and BV-10 did not work in flow cytometry assays) as shown in FIG. 5 (B) time 0. The normal flow cytometry staining protocol was adjusted to assess internalization of TMEM16A 5E2D1. Instead of the protocol to add primary, wash, add secondary, wash then read; for internalization we added primary, washed, incubate at 37°C for 15 minutes to 4 hours, added secondary, washed then read. We were able to demonstrate a rapid loss of TMEM16A signal within 15 minutes of cells being placed at 37°C. This is indicative of 5ED1 labeled TMEM16A being internalized prior to addition of the secondary antibody.
[00240] 12E11 antibody recognizes an extracellular portion of the TMEM16A molecule in
ECD3. Using TMEM16A expressing HEK293 cells, we were able to demonstrate good staining by flow cytometry using an APC secondary antibody (SP-31 and BV-10 did not work in flow cytometry assays) as shown in FIG. 4b(D) time 0. The flow cytometry staining protocol was adjusted to assess internalization of TMEM16A 12E11. Instead of the protocol to add primary, wash, add secondary, wash then read; for internalization we added primary, washed, incubate at
37°C for 15 minutes to 4 hours, added secondary, washed then read. We were able to demonstrate a rapid loss of TMEM16A signal within 5 minutes of cells being placed at 37°C FIG. 5(C).
Example 6: Sensitivity of Cancer Models to free Toxin Payload
[00241] In order to evaluate the effect of a toxin on model cell lines GIST882 cells were incubated with a dose series of Saporin. Cell viability was assessed after 72 hours incubation using Cell Titer Glo (Promega). Induction of targeted cell killing was assessed using 5E2D1 and a Saporin conjugated anti-mouse secondary antibody (Advanced Targeting systems). The detailed experimental protocol was followed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Briefly 10,000 cells were seeded into wells in of a 96-well white- walled clear-bottomed plate in 100 μΐ growth medium. After 24 hours Saporin and antibody additions were made. Growth medium was aspirated and replaced with 50 μΐ of fresh growth medium. Primary and secondary antibody dilutions were prepared and pre-incubated for 30 min at room temperature before addition to the cells. To each well a final dose of 200 ng/ml of secondary Saporin conjugated antibody was added either Mab-zap (kit-04-25) or goat-IgG-zap control. To the secondary was added a ten- fold dose series of primary antibody, dilutions starting either at 100 nM of primary isotype control.
[00242] The CellTiter-Glo® (CTG) Assay (Promega) is a homogeneous method of determining cell viability based on quantitation of ATP levels. The assay was used according to the manufacture's instructions. Briefly substrate and buffer were combined and mixed to form the reagent. Cells were plated in assay medium in costar 96 well white plates (Corning # 3903) were left in a humidified 37oC incubator for the desired assay lenghth. To a total volume of 100 ul of cells plus treatment an equal volume of CTG assay reagent was added. CTG luminescence was read after 10 minutes incubation at room temperature. Luminescence was measured using an EnVision™ 2100 multi-label reader (PerkinElmer™) .
Results:
[00243] GIST882 cells were incubated with a ten-fold dilution series of Saporin, with a top dose of 1 μΜ. Unconjugated Saporin effectively killed GIST882 cells at 1 μΜ with an IC50 of approximately 100 nM FIG. 6(A).
[00244] To assess the effect of specific antibody mediated killing secondary antibody was prepared to a final dose of 200 ng per ml in all wells. The primary antibodies were prepared to generate a 10 fold serial dilution across the plate.
[00245] 5E2D1 was able to induce killing of GIST882 cells in the presence of Saporin conjugated mouse-zap at the highest doses. No killing was observed when the same experiment was set up with equivalent doses of 5E2D1 plus saporin conjugated gaot-zap were used (FIG. 6(C)). Killing was specifically induced only in the presence of 5E2D1 and species specific secondary, ruling out a non-specific effect of 5E2D1 only.
[00246] Hek293-TMEM16A cells were seeded at 5000 cells per well into a 96 well white walled plate. After 24 h 12E1 1 was titrated out in 10 fold serial dilutions into a species specific anti-rat secondary antibody coupled to saporin or non-specifc goat-zap control. Secondary antibody concentrations were normalized to lOOng per well throughout. Primary antibody concentration top doses started at ΙΟΟηΜ. Antibody was spiked onto the cells at l Ox final and cells harvested in a CTG assay 72h later. 12E1 1 killing was observed only in the presence of specific secondary antibody FIG. 6(D).
[00247] It is understood that the examples and embodiments described herein are for illustrative purposes only and that various modifications or changes in light thereof will be suggested to persons skilled in the art and are to be included within the spirit and purview of this application and scope of the appended claims. All publications, sequence accession numbers, patents, and patent applications cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
Claims
1. An antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to the extracellular domain 2 ("ECD2") of transmembrane protein 16A ("TMEM16A"), wherein said antibody or antigen binding fragment is internalized into the cell upon binding to the ECD2.
2. An antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to the extracellular domain 3 ("ECD3") of TMEM16A, wherein said antibody or antigen binding fragment is internalized into the cell upon binding to the ECD3.
3. An antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to (1) a peptide consisting of SEQ ID NO:3; and (2) ECD2 of TMEM16A.
4. An antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to (1) a peptide consisting of SEQ ID NO:4; and (2) ECD3 of TMEM16A.
5. The antibody or antigen binding fragment of claim 4, wherein said antibody comprises a heavy chain CDRl of SEQ ID NO:8, heavy chain CDR2 of SEQ ID NO:9, heavy chain CDR3 of SEQ ID NO: 10; and light chain CDRl of SEQ ID NO: l 1, light chain CDR2 of SEQ ID NO: 12, light chain CDR3 of SEQ ID NO: 13; respectively.
6. An antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to TMEM16A and cross competes with the antibody of claims 1-5.
7. The antibody or antigen binding fragment of claims 1-6 comprising an Fab fragment, an Fab' fragment, an F(ab')2, or an Fv fragment of an antibody.
8. The antibody or antigen binding fragment of claims 1-6, wherein said antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
9. The antibody or antigen binding fragment of claim 8, wherein said antibody is a humanized or human antibody.
10. The antibody or antigen binding fragment of claim 8, wherein said antibody is a chimeric antibody.
11. The antibody or antigen binding fragment of claims 1-6, wherein said antibody is a diabody or multivalent antibody.
12. The antibody or antigen binding fragment of claims 1-6, wherein said antibody or antigen binding fragment is further linked to an anti-cancer agent.
13. The antibody or antigen binding fragment of claim 12, wherein said anti-cancer agent is a cytotoxic agent.
14. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the antibody or antigen binding fragment of claims 1-13.
15. The antibody or antigen binding fragment of claims 1-13 for use in the treatment of cancer, wherein said cancer overexpresses TMEM16A.
16. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 14 for use in the treatment of cancer, wherein said cancer overexpresses TMEM16A.
17. A method of treating cancer overexpressing TMEM16A, wherein said method comprises administering to a subject in need thereof the antibody or antigen binding fragment of claims 1- 13 or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 14.
18. The method of claim 17, wherein said cancer is selected from the group consisting of gastrointestinal cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, tumors of mesenchymal, epithelia, and stromal origin, esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, oral squamous cell carcinoma, cancers of the head and neck, and cancers containing the 1 lql3 amplification.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2012/067430 WO2014084859A1 (en) | 2012-11-30 | 2012-11-30 | Molecules and methods for modulating tmem16a activities |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2012/067430 WO2014084859A1 (en) | 2012-11-30 | 2012-11-30 | Molecules and methods for modulating tmem16a activities |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2014084859A1 true WO2014084859A1 (en) | 2014-06-05 |
Family
ID=47471996
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2012/067430 WO2014084859A1 (en) | 2012-11-30 | 2012-11-30 | Molecules and methods for modulating tmem16a activities |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2014084859A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2018202471A1 (en) * | 2017-05-02 | 2018-11-08 | Bayer Aktiengesellschaft | Tmem16a modulation for diagnostic or therapeutic use in pulmonary hypertension (ph) |
CN108884149A (en) * | 2015-11-03 | 2018-11-23 | 美国政府(由卫生和人类服务部的部长所代表) | HIV-1 GP41 neutralizing antibody and application thereof |
CN113754764A (en) * | 2021-08-20 | 2021-12-07 | 四川大学华西医院 | anti-DOG-1 antibodies, conjugates, pharmaceutical compositions, pharmaceutical formulations and uses thereof |
Citations (100)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4399216A (en) | 1980-02-25 | 1983-08-16 | The Trustees Of Columbia University | Processes for inserting DNA into eucaryotic cells and for producing proteinaceous materials |
EP0154316A2 (en) | 1984-03-06 | 1985-09-11 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Chemically modified lymphokine and production thereof |
US4634665A (en) | 1980-02-25 | 1987-01-06 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Processes for inserting DNA into eucaryotic cells and for producing proteinaceous materials |
WO1987004462A1 (en) | 1986-01-23 | 1987-07-30 | Celltech Limited | Recombinant dna sequences, vectors containing them and method for the use thereof |
WO1989001036A1 (en) | 1987-07-23 | 1989-02-09 | Celltech Limited | Recombinant dna expression vectors |
EP0307434A1 (en) | 1987-03-18 | 1989-03-22 | Medical Res Council | Altered antibodies. |
US4816567A (en) | 1983-04-08 | 1989-03-28 | Genentech, Inc. | Recombinant immunoglobin preparations |
EP0338841A1 (en) | 1988-04-18 | 1989-10-25 | Celltech Limited | Recombinant DNA methods, vectors and host cells |
US4881175A (en) | 1986-09-02 | 1989-11-14 | Genex Corporation | Computer based system and method for determining and displaying possible chemical structures for converting double- or multiple-chain polypeptides to single-chain polypeptides |
EP0367166A1 (en) | 1988-10-31 | 1990-05-09 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Modified interleukin-2 and production thereof |
US4946778A (en) | 1987-09-21 | 1990-08-07 | Genex Corporation | Single polypeptide chain binding molecules |
EP0401384A1 (en) | 1988-12-22 | 1990-12-12 | Kirin-Amgen, Inc. | Chemically modified granulocyte colony stimulating factor |
EP0413622A1 (en) | 1989-08-03 | 1991-02-20 | Rhone-Poulenc Sante | Albumin derivatives with therapeutic functions |
US5013653A (en) | 1987-03-20 | 1991-05-07 | Creative Biomolecules, Inc. | Product and process for introduction of a hinge region into a fusion protein to facilitate cleavage |
WO1991006570A1 (en) | 1989-10-25 | 1991-05-16 | The University Of Melbourne | HYBRID Fc RECEPTOR MOLECULES |
US5091513A (en) | 1987-05-21 | 1992-02-25 | Creative Biomolecules, Inc. | Biosynthetic antibody binding sites |
WO1992003918A1 (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1992-03-19 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
US5112946A (en) | 1989-07-06 | 1992-05-12 | Repligen Corporation | Modified pf4 compositions and methods of use |
US5132405A (en) | 1987-05-21 | 1992-07-21 | Creative Biomolecules, Inc. | Biosynthetic antibody binding sites |
US5179017A (en) | 1980-02-25 | 1993-01-12 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Processes for inserting DNA into eucaryotic cells and for producing proteinaceous materials |
WO1993012227A1 (en) | 1991-12-17 | 1993-06-24 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
US5223409A (en) | 1988-09-02 | 1993-06-29 | Protein Engineering Corp. | Directed evolution of novel binding proteins |
US5225539A (en) | 1986-03-27 | 1993-07-06 | Medical Research Council | Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies |
WO1993015199A1 (en) | 1992-01-31 | 1993-08-05 | Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. | Novel biologically active polypeptides, preparation thereof and pharmaceutical composition containing said polypeptides |
WO1993015200A1 (en) | 1992-01-31 | 1993-08-05 | Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. | Antithrombotic polypeptides as antagonists of the binding of vwf to platelets or to subendothelium |
US5258498A (en) | 1987-05-21 | 1993-11-02 | Creative Biomolecules, Inc. | Polypeptide linkers for production of biosynthetic proteins |
US5260203A (en) | 1986-09-02 | 1993-11-09 | Enzon, Inc. | Single polypeptide chain binding molecules |
WO1994004678A1 (en) | 1992-08-21 | 1994-03-03 | Casterman Cecile | Immunoglobulins devoid of light chains |
US5336603A (en) | 1987-10-02 | 1994-08-09 | Genentech, Inc. | CD4 adheson variants |
US5349053A (en) | 1990-06-01 | 1994-09-20 | Protein Design Labs, Inc. | Chimeric ligand/immunoglobulin molecules and their uses |
US5359046A (en) | 1990-12-14 | 1994-10-25 | Cell Genesys, Inc. | Chimeric chains for receptor-associated signal transduction pathways |
WO1994025585A1 (en) | 1993-04-26 | 1994-11-10 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
WO1994029351A2 (en) | 1993-06-16 | 1994-12-22 | Celltech Limited | Antibodies |
US5427908A (en) | 1990-05-01 | 1995-06-27 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Recombinant library screening methods |
US5447851A (en) | 1992-04-02 | 1995-09-05 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | DNA encoding a chimeric polypeptide comprising the extracellular domain of TNF receptor fused to IgG, vectors, and host cells |
US5476996A (en) | 1988-06-14 | 1995-12-19 | Lidak Pharmaceuticals | Human immune system in non-human animal |
US5476786A (en) | 1987-05-21 | 1995-12-19 | Creative Biomolecules, Inc. | Biosynthetic antibody binding sites |
WO1996004388A1 (en) | 1994-07-29 | 1996-02-15 | Smithkline Beecham Plc | Novel compounds |
US5530101A (en) | 1988-12-28 | 1996-06-25 | Protein Design Labs, Inc. | Humanized immunoglobulins |
US5545806A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1996-08-13 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Ransgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies |
US5545807A (en) | 1988-10-12 | 1996-08-13 | The Babraham Institute | Production of antibodies from transgenic animals |
US5605793A (en) | 1994-02-17 | 1997-02-25 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Methods for in vitro recombination |
WO1997013852A1 (en) | 1995-10-10 | 1997-04-17 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
US5622929A (en) | 1992-01-23 | 1997-04-22 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Thioether conjugates |
US5625825A (en) | 1993-10-21 | 1997-04-29 | Lsi Logic Corporation | Random number generating apparatus for an interface unit of a carrier sense with multiple access and collision detect (CSMA/CD) ethernet data network |
US5625126A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1997-04-29 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies |
US5633425A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1997-05-27 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
US5641870A (en) | 1995-04-20 | 1997-06-24 | Genentech, Inc. | Low pH hydrophobic interaction chromatography for antibody purification |
US5661016A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1997-08-26 | Genpharm International Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes |
WO1997034631A1 (en) | 1996-03-18 | 1997-09-25 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Immunoglobin-like domains with increased half lives |
US5677425A (en) | 1987-09-04 | 1997-10-14 | Celltech Therapeutics Limited | Recombinant antibody |
US5714350A (en) | 1992-03-09 | 1998-02-03 | Protein Design Labs, Inc. | Increasing antibody affinity by altering glycosylation in the immunoglobulin variable region |
WO1998023289A1 (en) | 1996-11-27 | 1998-06-04 | The General Hospital Corporation | MODULATION OF IgG BINDING TO FcRn |
WO1998024884A1 (en) | 1996-12-02 | 1998-06-11 | Genpharm International | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
US5789650A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1998-08-04 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies |
US5814318A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1998-09-29 | Genpharm International Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies |
US5831012A (en) | 1994-01-14 | 1998-11-03 | Pharmacia & Upjohn Aktiebolag | Bacterial receptor structures |
US5834252A (en) | 1995-04-18 | 1998-11-10 | Glaxo Group Limited | End-complementary polymerase reaction |
US5837458A (en) | 1994-02-17 | 1998-11-17 | Maxygen, Inc. | Methods and compositions for cellular and metabolic engineering |
US5869046A (en) | 1995-04-14 | 1999-02-09 | Genentech, Inc. | Altered polypeptides with increased half-life |
US5874299A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1999-02-23 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
US5877397A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1999-03-02 | Genpharm International Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes |
US5885793A (en) | 1991-12-02 | 1999-03-23 | Medical Research Council | Production of anti-self antibodies from antibody segment repertoires and displayed on phage |
WO1999016873A1 (en) | 1997-09-26 | 1999-04-08 | Arne Skerra | Anticalins |
US5939598A (en) | 1990-01-12 | 1999-08-17 | Abgenix, Inc. | Method of making transgenic mice lacking endogenous heavy chains |
WO1999045962A1 (en) | 1998-03-13 | 1999-09-16 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
US5969108A (en) | 1990-07-10 | 1999-10-19 | Medical Research Council | Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs |
WO1999054342A1 (en) | 1998-04-20 | 1999-10-28 | Pablo Umana | Glycosylation engineering of antibodies for improving antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity |
US6075181A (en) | 1990-01-12 | 2000-06-13 | Abgenix, Inc. | Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice |
WO2000042072A2 (en) | 1999-01-15 | 2000-07-20 | Genentech, Inc. | Polypeptide variants with altered effector function |
US6121022A (en) | 1995-04-14 | 2000-09-19 | Genentech, Inc. | Altered polypeptides with increased half-life |
US6150584A (en) | 1990-01-12 | 2000-11-21 | Abgenix, Inc. | Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice |
US6162963A (en) | 1990-01-12 | 2000-12-19 | Abgenix, Inc. | Generation of Xenogenetic antibodies |
US6165745A (en) | 1992-04-24 | 2000-12-26 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Recombinant production of immunoglobulin-like domains in prokaryotic cells |
US6172197B1 (en) | 1991-07-10 | 2001-01-09 | Medical Research Council | Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs |
WO2001004144A2 (en) | 1999-07-13 | 2001-01-18 | Scil Proteins Gmbh | Fabrication of beta-pleated sheet proteins with specific binding properties |
WO2001009187A2 (en) | 1999-07-29 | 2001-02-08 | Medarex, Inc. | Human monoclonal antibodies to her2/neu |
US6194551B1 (en) | 1998-04-02 | 2001-02-27 | Genentech, Inc. | Polypeptide variants |
WO2001014424A2 (en) | 1999-08-24 | 2001-03-01 | Medarex, Inc. | Human ctla-4 antibodies and their uses |
US6277375B1 (en) | 1997-03-03 | 2001-08-21 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Immunoglobulin-like domains with increased half-lives |
WO2001077137A1 (en) | 2000-04-12 | 2001-10-18 | Human Genome Sciences, Inc. | Albumin fusion proteins |
EP1176195A1 (en) | 1999-04-09 | 2002-01-30 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Method for controlling the activity of immunologically functional molecule |
WO2002043478A2 (en) | 2000-11-30 | 2002-06-06 | Medarex, Inc. | Transgenic transchromosomal rodents for making human antibodies |
WO2003035835A2 (en) | 2001-10-25 | 2003-05-01 | Genentech, Inc. | Glycoprotein compositions |
US20030153043A1 (en) | 1997-05-21 | 2003-08-14 | Biovation Limited | Method for the production of non-immunogenic proteins |
US6703199B1 (en) | 1997-06-12 | 2004-03-09 | Research Corporation Technologies, Inc. | Artificial antibody polypeptides |
US20040161738A1 (en) | 2000-05-26 | 2004-08-19 | Arumugam Muruganandam | Single-domain brain-targeting antibody fragments derived from llama antibodies |
US20040175756A1 (en) | 2001-04-26 | 2004-09-09 | Avidia Research Institute | Methods for using combinatorial libraries of monomer domains |
EP1012280B1 (en) | 1997-06-11 | 2004-11-10 | Borean Pharma A/S | Trimerising module |
US6818418B1 (en) | 1998-12-10 | 2004-11-16 | Compound Therapeutics, Inc. | Protein scaffolds for antibody mimics and other binding proteins |
WO2004106368A1 (en) | 2003-05-28 | 2004-12-09 | Scil Proteins Gmbh | Generation of artificial binding proteins based on ubiquitin proteins |
US20050008625A1 (en) | 2003-02-13 | 2005-01-13 | Kalobios, Inc. | Antibody affinity engineering by serial epitope-guided complementarity replacement |
US20050048512A1 (en) | 2001-04-26 | 2005-03-03 | Avidia Research Institute | Combinatorial libraries of monomer domains |
US20050053973A1 (en) | 2001-04-26 | 2005-03-10 | Avidia Research Institute | Novel proteins with targeted binding |
US20050255552A1 (en) | 2004-01-20 | 2005-11-17 | Kalobios, Inc. | Antibody specificity transfer using minimal essential binding determinants |
US20060008844A1 (en) | 2004-06-17 | 2006-01-12 | Avidia Research Institute | c-Met kinase binding proteins |
US20060134098A1 (en) | 2004-11-16 | 2006-06-22 | Kalobios, Inc. | Immunoglobulin variable region cassette exchange |
US20070020685A1 (en) | 2005-07-22 | 2007-01-25 | Kalobios Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Secretion of antibodies without signal peptides from bacteria |
WO2009051439A2 (en) * | 2007-10-18 | 2009-04-23 | Amorepacific Corporation | Method of identifying agents which modulate the activity of calcium-activated chloride channel |
US20090307791A1 (en) * | 2008-06-09 | 2009-12-10 | Bjorn Christian Schroeder | Calcium-activated chloride channel and methods of use thereof |
-
2012
- 2012-11-30 WO PCT/US2012/067430 patent/WO2014084859A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (124)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4634665A (en) | 1980-02-25 | 1987-01-06 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Processes for inserting DNA into eucaryotic cells and for producing proteinaceous materials |
US5179017A (en) | 1980-02-25 | 1993-01-12 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Processes for inserting DNA into eucaryotic cells and for producing proteinaceous materials |
US4399216A (en) | 1980-02-25 | 1983-08-16 | The Trustees Of Columbia University | Processes for inserting DNA into eucaryotic cells and for producing proteinaceous materials |
US4816567A (en) | 1983-04-08 | 1989-03-28 | Genentech, Inc. | Recombinant immunoglobin preparations |
EP0154316A2 (en) | 1984-03-06 | 1985-09-11 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Chemically modified lymphokine and production thereof |
WO1987004462A1 (en) | 1986-01-23 | 1987-07-30 | Celltech Limited | Recombinant dna sequences, vectors containing them and method for the use thereof |
US5225539A (en) | 1986-03-27 | 1993-07-06 | Medical Research Council | Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies |
US4881175A (en) | 1986-09-02 | 1989-11-14 | Genex Corporation | Computer based system and method for determining and displaying possible chemical structures for converting double- or multiple-chain polypeptides to single-chain polypeptides |
US5455030A (en) | 1986-09-02 | 1995-10-03 | Enzon Labs, Inc. | Immunotheraphy using single chain polypeptide binding molecules |
US5260203A (en) | 1986-09-02 | 1993-11-09 | Enzon, Inc. | Single polypeptide chain binding molecules |
EP0307434A1 (en) | 1987-03-18 | 1989-03-22 | Medical Res Council | Altered antibodies. |
US5624821A (en) | 1987-03-18 | 1997-04-29 | Scotgen Biopharmaceuticals Incorporated | Antibodies with altered effector functions |
US5648260A (en) | 1987-03-18 | 1997-07-15 | Scotgen Biopharmaceuticals Incorporated | DNA encoding antibodies with altered effector functions |
US5013653A (en) | 1987-03-20 | 1991-05-07 | Creative Biomolecules, Inc. | Product and process for introduction of a hinge region into a fusion protein to facilitate cleavage |
US5482858A (en) | 1987-05-21 | 1996-01-09 | Creative Biomolecules, Inc. | Polypeptide linkers for production of biosynthetic proteins |
US5476786A (en) | 1987-05-21 | 1995-12-19 | Creative Biomolecules, Inc. | Biosynthetic antibody binding sites |
US5258498A (en) | 1987-05-21 | 1993-11-02 | Creative Biomolecules, Inc. | Polypeptide linkers for production of biosynthetic proteins |
US5091513A (en) | 1987-05-21 | 1992-02-25 | Creative Biomolecules, Inc. | Biosynthetic antibody binding sites |
US5132405A (en) | 1987-05-21 | 1992-07-21 | Creative Biomolecules, Inc. | Biosynthetic antibody binding sites |
WO1989001036A1 (en) | 1987-07-23 | 1989-02-09 | Celltech Limited | Recombinant dna expression vectors |
US5677425A (en) | 1987-09-04 | 1997-10-14 | Celltech Therapeutics Limited | Recombinant antibody |
US4946778A (en) | 1987-09-21 | 1990-08-07 | Genex Corporation | Single polypeptide chain binding molecules |
US5336603A (en) | 1987-10-02 | 1994-08-09 | Genentech, Inc. | CD4 adheson variants |
EP0338841A1 (en) | 1988-04-18 | 1989-10-25 | Celltech Limited | Recombinant DNA methods, vectors and host cells |
US5476996A (en) | 1988-06-14 | 1995-12-19 | Lidak Pharmaceuticals | Human immune system in non-human animal |
US5698767A (en) | 1988-06-14 | 1997-12-16 | Lidak Pharmaceuticals | Human immune system in non-human animal |
US5223409A (en) | 1988-09-02 | 1993-06-29 | Protein Engineering Corp. | Directed evolution of novel binding proteins |
US5571698A (en) | 1988-09-02 | 1996-11-05 | Protein Engineering Corporation | Directed evolution of novel binding proteins |
US5403484A (en) | 1988-09-02 | 1995-04-04 | Protein Engineering Corporation | Viruses expressing chimeric binding proteins |
US5545807A (en) | 1988-10-12 | 1996-08-13 | The Babraham Institute | Production of antibodies from transgenic animals |
EP0367166A1 (en) | 1988-10-31 | 1990-05-09 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Modified interleukin-2 and production thereof |
EP0401384A1 (en) | 1988-12-22 | 1990-12-12 | Kirin-Amgen, Inc. | Chemically modified granulocyte colony stimulating factor |
US5585089A (en) | 1988-12-28 | 1996-12-17 | Protein Design Labs, Inc. | Humanized immunoglobulins |
US6180370B1 (en) | 1988-12-28 | 2001-01-30 | Protein Design Labs, Inc. | Humanized immunoglobulins and methods of making the same |
US5693762A (en) | 1988-12-28 | 1997-12-02 | Protein Design Labs, Inc. | Humanized immunoglobulins |
US5530101A (en) | 1988-12-28 | 1996-06-25 | Protein Design Labs, Inc. | Humanized immunoglobulins |
US5112946A (en) | 1989-07-06 | 1992-05-12 | Repligen Corporation | Modified pf4 compositions and methods of use |
EP0413622A1 (en) | 1989-08-03 | 1991-02-20 | Rhone-Poulenc Sante | Albumin derivatives with therapeutic functions |
WO1991006570A1 (en) | 1989-10-25 | 1991-05-16 | The University Of Melbourne | HYBRID Fc RECEPTOR MOLECULES |
US6162963A (en) | 1990-01-12 | 2000-12-19 | Abgenix, Inc. | Generation of Xenogenetic antibodies |
US6150584A (en) | 1990-01-12 | 2000-11-21 | Abgenix, Inc. | Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice |
US6114598A (en) | 1990-01-12 | 2000-09-05 | Abgenix, Inc. | Generation of xenogeneic antibodies |
US6075181A (en) | 1990-01-12 | 2000-06-13 | Abgenix, Inc. | Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice |
US5939598A (en) | 1990-01-12 | 1999-08-17 | Abgenix, Inc. | Method of making transgenic mice lacking endogenous heavy chains |
US5580717A (en) | 1990-05-01 | 1996-12-03 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Recombinant library screening methods |
US5427908A (en) | 1990-05-01 | 1995-06-27 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Recombinant library screening methods |
US5349053A (en) | 1990-06-01 | 1994-09-20 | Protein Design Labs, Inc. | Chimeric ligand/immunoglobulin molecules and their uses |
US5969108A (en) | 1990-07-10 | 1999-10-19 | Medical Research Council | Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs |
US5625126A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1997-04-29 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies |
US5877397A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1999-03-02 | Genpharm International Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes |
US5874299A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1999-02-23 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
US5789650A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1998-08-04 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies |
US5569825A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1996-10-29 | Genpharm International | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes |
US5633425A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1997-05-27 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
WO1992003918A1 (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1992-03-19 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
US5545806A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1996-08-13 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Ransgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies |
US5661016A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1997-08-26 | Genpharm International Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes |
US5770429A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1998-06-23 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
US5814318A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1998-09-29 | Genpharm International Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies |
US5359046A (en) | 1990-12-14 | 1994-10-25 | Cell Genesys, Inc. | Chimeric chains for receptor-associated signal transduction pathways |
US6172197B1 (en) | 1991-07-10 | 2001-01-09 | Medical Research Council | Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs |
US6582915B1 (en) | 1991-12-02 | 2003-06-24 | Medical Research Council | Production of anti-self bodies from antibody segment repertories and displayed on phage |
US5885793A (en) | 1991-12-02 | 1999-03-23 | Medical Research Council | Production of anti-self antibodies from antibody segment repertoires and displayed on phage |
US6593081B1 (en) | 1991-12-02 | 2003-07-15 | Medical Research Council | Production of anti-self antibodies from antibody segment repertoires and displayed on phage |
US6555313B1 (en) | 1991-12-02 | 2003-04-29 | Medical Research Council | Production of anti-self antibodies from antibody segment repertoires and displayed on phage |
US6521404B1 (en) | 1991-12-02 | 2003-02-18 | Medical Research Council | Production of anti-self antibodies from antibody segment repertoires and displayed on phage |
US6544731B1 (en) | 1991-12-02 | 2003-04-08 | Medical Research Council | Production of anti-self antibodies from antibody segment repertories and displayed on phage |
WO1993012227A1 (en) | 1991-12-17 | 1993-06-24 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
US5622929A (en) | 1992-01-23 | 1997-04-22 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Thioether conjugates |
WO1993015200A1 (en) | 1992-01-31 | 1993-08-05 | Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. | Antithrombotic polypeptides as antagonists of the binding of vwf to platelets or to subendothelium |
WO1993015199A1 (en) | 1992-01-31 | 1993-08-05 | Rhone-Poulenc Rorer S.A. | Novel biologically active polypeptides, preparation thereof and pharmaceutical composition containing said polypeptides |
US6350861B1 (en) | 1992-03-09 | 2002-02-26 | Protein Design Labs, Inc. | Antibodies with increased binding affinity |
US5714350A (en) | 1992-03-09 | 1998-02-03 | Protein Design Labs, Inc. | Increasing antibody affinity by altering glycosylation in the immunoglobulin variable region |
US5447851A (en) | 1992-04-02 | 1995-09-05 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | DNA encoding a chimeric polypeptide comprising the extracellular domain of TNF receptor fused to IgG, vectors, and host cells |
US5447851B1 (en) | 1992-04-02 | 1999-07-06 | Univ Texas System Board Of | Dna encoding a chimeric polypeptide comprising the extracellular domain of tnf receptor fused to igg vectors and host cells |
US6165745A (en) | 1992-04-24 | 2000-12-26 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Recombinant production of immunoglobulin-like domains in prokaryotic cells |
WO1994004678A1 (en) | 1992-08-21 | 1994-03-03 | Casterman Cecile | Immunoglobulins devoid of light chains |
US5759808A (en) | 1992-08-21 | 1998-06-02 | Vrije Universiteit Brussel | Immunoglobulins devoid of light chains |
WO1994025585A1 (en) | 1993-04-26 | 1994-11-10 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
WO1994029351A2 (en) | 1993-06-16 | 1994-12-22 | Celltech Limited | Antibodies |
US5625825A (en) | 1993-10-21 | 1997-04-29 | Lsi Logic Corporation | Random number generating apparatus for an interface unit of a carrier sense with multiple access and collision detect (CSMA/CD) ethernet data network |
US5831012A (en) | 1994-01-14 | 1998-11-03 | Pharmacia & Upjohn Aktiebolag | Bacterial receptor structures |
US5605793A (en) | 1994-02-17 | 1997-02-25 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Methods for in vitro recombination |
US5837458A (en) | 1994-02-17 | 1998-11-17 | Maxygen, Inc. | Methods and compositions for cellular and metabolic engineering |
US5811238A (en) | 1994-02-17 | 1998-09-22 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Methods for generating polynucleotides having desired characteristics by iterative selection and recombination |
US5830721A (en) | 1994-02-17 | 1998-11-03 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | DNA mutagenesis by random fragmentation and reassembly |
WO1996004388A1 (en) | 1994-07-29 | 1996-02-15 | Smithkline Beecham Plc | Novel compounds |
US6121022A (en) | 1995-04-14 | 2000-09-19 | Genentech, Inc. | Altered polypeptides with increased half-life |
US5869046A (en) | 1995-04-14 | 1999-02-09 | Genentech, Inc. | Altered polypeptides with increased half-life |
US5834252A (en) | 1995-04-18 | 1998-11-10 | Glaxo Group Limited | End-complementary polymerase reaction |
US5641870A (en) | 1995-04-20 | 1997-06-24 | Genentech, Inc. | Low pH hydrophobic interaction chromatography for antibody purification |
WO1997013852A1 (en) | 1995-10-10 | 1997-04-17 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
WO1997034631A1 (en) | 1996-03-18 | 1997-09-25 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Immunoglobin-like domains with increased half lives |
WO1998023289A1 (en) | 1996-11-27 | 1998-06-04 | The General Hospital Corporation | MODULATION OF IgG BINDING TO FcRn |
WO1998024884A1 (en) | 1996-12-02 | 1998-06-11 | Genpharm International | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
US6277375B1 (en) | 1997-03-03 | 2001-08-21 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Immunoglobulin-like domains with increased half-lives |
US20030153043A1 (en) | 1997-05-21 | 2003-08-14 | Biovation Limited | Method for the production of non-immunogenic proteins |
EP1012280B1 (en) | 1997-06-11 | 2004-11-10 | Borean Pharma A/S | Trimerising module |
US6703199B1 (en) | 1997-06-12 | 2004-03-09 | Research Corporation Technologies, Inc. | Artificial antibody polypeptides |
WO1999016873A1 (en) | 1997-09-26 | 1999-04-08 | Arne Skerra | Anticalins |
WO1999045962A1 (en) | 1998-03-13 | 1999-09-16 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
US6194551B1 (en) | 1998-04-02 | 2001-02-27 | Genentech, Inc. | Polypeptide variants |
WO1999054342A1 (en) | 1998-04-20 | 1999-10-28 | Pablo Umana | Glycosylation engineering of antibodies for improving antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity |
US6818418B1 (en) | 1998-12-10 | 2004-11-16 | Compound Therapeutics, Inc. | Protein scaffolds for antibody mimics and other binding proteins |
WO2000042072A2 (en) | 1999-01-15 | 2000-07-20 | Genentech, Inc. | Polypeptide variants with altered effector function |
EP1176195A1 (en) | 1999-04-09 | 2002-01-30 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Method for controlling the activity of immunologically functional molecule |
WO2001004144A2 (en) | 1999-07-13 | 2001-01-18 | Scil Proteins Gmbh | Fabrication of beta-pleated sheet proteins with specific binding properties |
WO2001009187A2 (en) | 1999-07-29 | 2001-02-08 | Medarex, Inc. | Human monoclonal antibodies to her2/neu |
WO2001014424A2 (en) | 1999-08-24 | 2001-03-01 | Medarex, Inc. | Human ctla-4 antibodies and their uses |
WO2001077137A1 (en) | 2000-04-12 | 2001-10-18 | Human Genome Sciences, Inc. | Albumin fusion proteins |
US20040161738A1 (en) | 2000-05-26 | 2004-08-19 | Arumugam Muruganandam | Single-domain brain-targeting antibody fragments derived from llama antibodies |
WO2002043478A2 (en) | 2000-11-30 | 2002-06-06 | Medarex, Inc. | Transgenic transchromosomal rodents for making human antibodies |
US20050053973A1 (en) | 2001-04-26 | 2005-03-10 | Avidia Research Institute | Novel proteins with targeted binding |
US20040175756A1 (en) | 2001-04-26 | 2004-09-09 | Avidia Research Institute | Methods for using combinatorial libraries of monomer domains |
US20050048512A1 (en) | 2001-04-26 | 2005-03-03 | Avidia Research Institute | Combinatorial libraries of monomer domains |
WO2003035835A2 (en) | 2001-10-25 | 2003-05-01 | Genentech, Inc. | Glycoprotein compositions |
US20050008625A1 (en) | 2003-02-13 | 2005-01-13 | Kalobios, Inc. | Antibody affinity engineering by serial epitope-guided complementarity replacement |
WO2004106368A1 (en) | 2003-05-28 | 2004-12-09 | Scil Proteins Gmbh | Generation of artificial binding proteins based on ubiquitin proteins |
US20050255552A1 (en) | 2004-01-20 | 2005-11-17 | Kalobios, Inc. | Antibody specificity transfer using minimal essential binding determinants |
US20060008844A1 (en) | 2004-06-17 | 2006-01-12 | Avidia Research Institute | c-Met kinase binding proteins |
US20060134098A1 (en) | 2004-11-16 | 2006-06-22 | Kalobios, Inc. | Immunoglobulin variable region cassette exchange |
US20070020685A1 (en) | 2005-07-22 | 2007-01-25 | Kalobios Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Secretion of antibodies without signal peptides from bacteria |
WO2009051439A2 (en) * | 2007-10-18 | 2009-04-23 | Amorepacific Corporation | Method of identifying agents which modulate the activity of calcium-activated chloride channel |
US20090307791A1 (en) * | 2008-06-09 | 2009-12-10 | Bjorn Christian Schroeder | Calcium-activated chloride channel and methods of use thereof |
Non-Patent Citations (141)
Title |
---|
"Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference", 2005, PHARMACEUTICAL PRESS |
"Monoclonal Antibodies For Cancer Detection And Therapy", 1985, ACADEMIC PRESS, article "Analysis, Results, And Future Prospective Of The Therapeutic Use Of Radiolabeled Antibody In Cancer Therapy", pages: 303 - 16 |
AL-LAZIKANI ET AL., J.MOL.BIOL., vol. 273, 1997, pages 927 - 748 |
ALTSCHUL ET AL., J MOL. BIOL., vol. 215, 1990, pages 403 - 410 |
ALTSCHUL ET AL., NUC. ACIDS RES., vol. 25, 1977, pages 3389 - 3402 |
ARNON ET AL.: "Monoclonal Antibodies And Cancer Therapy", 1985, ALAN R. LISS, INC., article "Monoclonal Antibodies For Immunotargeting Of Drugs In Cancer Therapy", pages: 243 - 56 |
ASHKENAZI ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 88, 1991, pages 10535 - 10539 |
AUSUBEL ET AL., CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, 1995 |
BATZER ET AL., NUCLEIC ACID RES., vol. 19, 1991, pages 5081 |
BIRD ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 242, 1988, pages 423 - 426 |
BOSS; WOOD, IMMUNOLOGY TODAY, vol. 6, 1985, pages 12 - 13 |
BRENNAN ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 229, 1985, pages 81 - 83 |
CAPUTO A. ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 322, no. 5901, 24 December 2007 (2007-12-24), pages 590 - 594 |
CAPUTO A. ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 322, no. 5901, pages 590 - 594 |
CARES ET AL., ONCOGENE, vol. 25, 2006, pages 1821 - 1831 |
CHEN ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 12, 1993, pages 811 - 820 |
CHEN, J. ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 12, 1993, pages 821 - 830 |
CHEN, J., INTERNATIONAL IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 5, 1993, pages 647 - 656 |
CHEUNG ET AL., VIROLOGY, vol. 176, 1990, pages 546 |
CHOI ET AL., NATURE GENETICS, vol. 4, 1993, pages 117 - 123 |
CHOTHIA ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 227, 1992, pages 799 - 817 |
CHOTHIA ET AL., NATURE, vol. 342, 1989, pages 877 - 883 |
CHOTHIA; LESK, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 196, 1987, pages 901 - 917 |
COLE ET AL.: "Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy", 1985, ALAN R. LISS, INC., pages: 77 - 96 |
CORTEZ-RETAMOZO, V. ET AL., INT J CANCER, vol. 89, 2002, pages 456 - 62 |
COX, J. P. L. ET AL., EUR. J IMMUNOL., vol. 24, 1994, pages 827 - 836 |
CREIGHTON, PROTEINS, 1984 |
DENARDO ET AL., CLIN CANCER RES., vol. 4, no. 10, 1998, pages 2483 - 90 |
DUMOULIN, M. ET AL., NATURE, vol. 424, 2003, pages 783 - 788 |
F. AUSUBEL ET AL.: "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", 1987, GREENE PUBLISHING AND WILEY INTERSCIENCE |
FISHWILD ET AL., NATURE BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 14, 1996, pages 845 - 851 |
FISHWILD, D. ET AL., NATURE BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 14, 1996, pages 845 - 851 |
G. E. MORRIS,: "Epitope Mapping Protocols in Methods in Molecular Biology", vol. 66, 1996 |
GALIETTA, BIOPHYSICAL J., vol. 97, 2009, pages 3047 - 3053 |
GENTZ ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 86, 1989, pages 821 - 824 |
GLENNIE ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 139, 1987, pages 2367 - 2375 |
GOEDDEL: "Methods in Enzymology", vol. 185, 1990, ACADEMIC PRESS, article "Gene Expression Technology" |
HANSSON ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 287, 1999, pages 265 - 76 |
HARAYAMA, TRENDS BIOTECHNOL., vol. 16, no. 2, 1998, pages 76 - 82 |
HARDING, F.; LONBERG, N., ANN. N. Y. ACAD. SCI., vol. 764, 1995, pages 536 - 546 |
HARLOW; LANE, USING ANTIBODIES, A LABORATORY MANUAL, 1998 |
HARLOW; LANE: "Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual", 1988, COLD SPRING HARBOR PRESS |
HELLSTROM ET AL.: "Controlled Drug Delivery(2nd Ed.)", 1987, MARCEL DEKKER, INC., article "Antibodies For Drug Delivery", pages: 623 - 53 |
HENIKOFF; HENIKOFF, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 89, 1989, pages 10915 |
HOLLIGCR; WINTER, CANCER IMMUNOL. IMMUNOTHER., vol. 45, no. 3-4, 1997, pages 128 - 30 |
HOLLIGER ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 90, 1993, pages 6444 - 6448 |
HOLLIGER; WINTER, CANCER IMMUNOL. IMMUNOTHER., vol. 45, no. 34, 1997, pages 128 - 30 |
HOLLINGER; HUDSON, NATURE BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 23, no. 9, 2005, pages 1126 - 1136 |
HUANG ET AL., GENES CHROMOSOMES CANCER, vol. 45, 2006, pages 1058 - 1069 |
HUSTON ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 85, 1988, pages 5879 - 5883 |
HUSTON ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI., vol. 85, 1988, pages 5879 - 5883 |
J.R. ROBINSON: "Sustained and Controlled Release Drug Delivery Systems", 1978, MARCEL DEKKER, INC |
JOHNSON ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 29, 2001, pages 205 - 206 |
JONES ET AL., NATURE, vol. 321, 1986, pages 522 - 525 |
JONES, P. ET AL., NATURE, vol. 321, 1986, pages 522 - 525 |
KABAT ET AL.: "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest", 1991, NIH PUBLICATION NO. 91-3242 |
KABAT ET AL.: "Sequences of Proteins of lmmunological Interest", 1991, NIH PUBLICATION NO. 91-3242 |
KABAT, E. A. ET AL.: "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition,", 1991, NIH PUBLICATION NO. 91-3242 |
KARLIN; ALTSCHUL, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 90, 1993, pages 5873 - 5787 |
KARPOVSKY ET AL., J. EXP. MED., vol. 160, 1984, pages 1686 |
KAUFMAN; SHARP, MOL. BIOL., vol. 159, 1982, pages 601 - 621 |
KIRKLAND ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 137, no. 3614 |
KOHLER; MILSTEIN, NATURE, vol. 256, 1975, pages 495 |
KOHLER; MILSTEIN, NATURE, vol. 256, 1975, pages 495 - 497 |
KOSTELNY ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 148, 1992, pages 1547 - 1553 |
KOZBOR ET AL., IMMUNOLOGY TODAY, vol. 4, 1983, pages 72 |
KUBY: "Immunology, 4th ed.,", 2000, W.H. FREEMAN & CO., article "Chapter 4." |
KUROIWA ET AL., NATURE BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 20, 2002, pages 889 - 894 |
LARSSON ET AL., J. OF IMMUNOLOGICAL METHODS, vol. 370, 2011, pages 14 - 23 |
LAUWEREYS, M. ET AL., EMBO J, vol. 17, 1998, pages 3512 - 3520 |
LEFRANC, M.P., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 29, 2001, pages 207 - 209 |
LIU, MA ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 82, 1985, pages 8648 |
LOHRMANN ET AL., CURRENT DRUG DISCOVERY, 17 October 2003 (2003-10-17) |
LONBERG ET AL., NATURE, vol. 368, no. 6474, 1994, pages 856 - 859 |
LONBERG, N. ET AL., NATURE, vol. 368, no. 6474, 1994, pages 856 - 859 |
LONBERG, N., HANDBOOK OF EXPCRIMCNTAL PHARMACOLOGY, vol. 113, 1994, pages 49 - 101 |
LONBERG, N.; HUSZAR, D., INTERN. REV. IMMUNOL., vol. 13, 1995, pages 65 - 93 |
LORENZO; BLASCO, BIOTECHNIQUES, vol. 24, no. 2, 1998, pages 308 - 313 |
LU ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 279, no. 4, 2004, pages 2856 - 65 |
MACCALLUM ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 262, 1996, pages 732 - 745 |
MAKSIMOV P ET AL., PLOS ONE, vol. 7, 2012, pages 34212 |
MARKS ET AL., BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 10, 1992, pages 779 - 783 |
MARTIN ET AL., METHODS ENZYMOL., vol. 203, 1991, pages 121 - 153 |
MARTIN ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 86, 1989, pages 9268 - 9272 |
MARTINDALE: "Martindale: The Extra Pharmacopoeia, 31st Edition.,", 1996, AMER PHARMACEUTICAL ASSN |
MCCAFFERTY ET AL., NATURE, vol. 348, 1990, pages 552 - 554 |
MOLDENHAUER ET AL., SCAND. J. IMMUNOL., vol. 32, 1990, pages 77 |
MOREL ET AL., MOL. IMMUNOL., vol. 25, no. 1, 1988, pages 7 |
MORRISON ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 81, 1984, pages 6851 - 6855 |
MORRISON, SCIENCE, vol. 229, 1985, pages 1202 |
MORRISON; OI, ADV. IMMUNOL., vol. 44, 1988, pages 65 - 92 |
NEEDLEMAN; WUNSCH, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 48, 1970, pages 443 |
OHTSUKA ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 260, 1985, pages 2605 - 2608 |
PADLAN, MOLEC. IMMUN., vol. 28, 1991, pages 489 - 498 |
PADLAN, MOLEC. IMMUN., vol. 31, no. 3, 1994, pages 169 - 217 |
PATTEN ET AL., CURR. OPINION BIOTECHNOL., vol. 8, 1997, pages 724 - 33 |
PAUL: "Fundamental Immunology 3d ed.", 1993 |
PAULUS, BCHRING INS. MITT. NO., vol. 78, 1985, pages 118 - 132 |
PEARSON; LIPMAN, PROC. NAT'L. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 85, 1988, pages 2444 |
PETERSON ET AL., BIOCONJUG. CHEM., vol. 10, no. 4, 1999, pages 553 - 7 |
PLESCHBERGER, M. ET AL., BIOCONJUGATE CHEM, vol. 14, 2003, pages 440 - 448 |
PLUCKTHUN; PACK, IMMUNOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 3, no. 2, 1997, pages 83 - 105 |
POLJAK ET AL., STRUCTURE, vol. 2, 1994, pages 1121 - 1123 |
PRESTA, CURR. OP. STRUCT. BIOL., vol. 2, 1992, pages 593 - 596 |
QUEEN, C. ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD., vol. 86, 1989, pages 10029 - 10033 |
REES ET AL.: "Protein Structure Prediction", 1996, OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS, pages: 141 - 172 |
RICCHMANN, L. ET AL., NATURE, vol. 332, 1998, pages 323 - 327 |
RIDGWAY ET AL., PROTEIN ENG., vol. 9, no. 7, 1996, pages 617 - 21 |
RIECHMANN ET AL., NATURE, vol. 332, 1988, pages 323 - 327 |
ROSSOLINI ET AL., MOL. CELL. PROBES, vol. 8, 1994, pages 91 - 98 |
RUIZ ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 28, 2000, pages 219 - 221 |
SHIELDS, R.L. ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 277, 2002, pages 26733 - 26740 |
SHIELDS, R.L. ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEN., vol. 276, 2001, pages 6591 - 6604 |
SMITH; WATERMAN, ADV. APPL. MATH., vol. 2, 1970, pages 482C |
SONG LI-QIANG ET AL: "[Inhibitive effect on airway mucus overproduction with DNA vaccine based on xenogeneic homologous calcium-activated chloride channel in asthmatic mice].", ZHONGHUA YI XUE ZA ZHI 17 FEB 2004, vol. 84, no. 4, 17 February 2004 (2004-02-17), pages 329 - 333, XP009168818, ISSN: 0376-2491 * |
SONGSIVILAI; LACHMANN, CLIN. EXP. IMMUNOL., vol. 79, 1990, pages 315 - 321 |
STAHLI ET AL., METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY, vol. 9, no. 242, 1983 |
STIJLEMANS, B. ET AL., J BIOL CHEM, vol. 279, 2004, pages 1256 - 1261 |
TAKEBE ET AL., MOL. CELL. BIOL., vol. 8, 1988, pages 466 - 472 |
TAYLOR, L. ET AL., INTERNATIONAL IMMUNOLOGY, 1994, pages 579 - 591 |
TAYLOR, L. ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RESEARCH, vol. 20, 1992, pages 6287 - 6295 |
THORPE ET AL., IMMUNOL. REV., vol. 62, 1982, pages 119 - 58 |
THORPE ET AL.: "Monoclonal Antibodies 84: Biological And Clinical Applications", 1985, article "Antibody Carricrs Of Cytotoxic Agents In Cancer Therapy: A Review", pages: 475 - 506 |
TOMIZUKA ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 97, 2000, pages 722 - 727 |
TOMLINSON, I. M. ET AL., J. FOL. BIOL., vol. 227, 1992, pages 776 - 798 |
TUAILLON ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 152, 1994, pages 2912 - 2920 |
TUAILLON ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 94, 1993, pages 3720 - 3724 |
UMANA ET AL., NAT. BIOTECH., vol. 17, 1999, pages 176 - 180 |
UNIVERSITY OF THE SCIENCES IN PHILADELPHIA: "Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21 st Ed.", 2005, LIPPINCOTT WILLIAMS & WILKINS |
URLAUB; CHASIN, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 77, 1980, pages 4216 - 4220 |
VAUGHAN; SOLLAZZO, COMB CHEM HIGH THROUGHPUT SCREEN, vol. 4, 2001, pages 417 - 30 |
VERHOEYEN ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 239, 1988, pages 1534 - 1536 |
VIL ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 89, 1992, pages 11337 - 11341 |
WARD ET AL., NATURE, vol. 341, 1989, pages 544 - 546 |
WILSON ET AL., CELL, vol. 37, 1984, pages 767 |
WU ET AL., IMMUNOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 2, no. 1, 1996, pages 21 - 36 |
YANG ET AL., NATURE, vol. 455, 2008, pages 1210 - 1215 |
YOUNG DUK YANG ET AL: "TMEM16A confers receptor-activated calcium-dependent chloride conductance", NATURE: INTERNATIONAL WEEKLY JOURNAL OF SCIENCE, NATURE PUBLISHING GROUP, UNITED KINGDOM, vol. 455, 24 August 2008 (2008-08-24), pages 1210 - 1215, XP008132054, ISSN: 0028-0836, DOI: 10.1038/NATURE07313 * |
ZAPATA ET AL., PROTEIN ENG, vol. 8, no. 10, 1995, pages 1057 - 1062 |
ZHENG ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 154, 1995, pages 5590 - 5600 |
ZIMMERMAN ET AL., NUCL. MED. BIOL., vol. 26, no. 8, 1999, pages 943 - 50 |
Cited By (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN108884149A (en) * | 2015-11-03 | 2018-11-23 | 美国政府(由卫生和人类服务部的部长所代表) | HIV-1 GP41 neutralizing antibody and application thereof |
US11236152B2 (en) | 2015-11-03 | 2022-02-01 | The United States of America, as represented by the Sectetary, Department of Health and Human Services | Neutralizing antibodies to HIV-1 GP41 and their use |
CN108884149B (en) * | 2015-11-03 | 2022-07-01 | 美国政府(由卫生和人类服务部的部长所代表) | HIV-1 GP41 neutralizing antibodies and uses thereof |
US12043660B2 (en) | 2015-11-03 | 2024-07-23 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | 10E8 neutralizing antibody variants that bind to the MPER region of HIV-1 GP41 and their use |
WO2018202471A1 (en) * | 2017-05-02 | 2018-11-08 | Bayer Aktiengesellschaft | Tmem16a modulation for diagnostic or therapeutic use in pulmonary hypertension (ph) |
CN113754764A (en) * | 2021-08-20 | 2021-12-07 | 四川大学华西医院 | anti-DOG-1 antibodies, conjugates, pharmaceutical compositions, pharmaceutical formulations and uses thereof |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
AU2017245335B2 (en) | Lectin-like oxidized LDL receptor 1 antibodies and methods of use | |
AU2017241161A1 (en) | Binding proteins and methods of use thereof | |
KR20210099052A (en) | Anti-PD-L1/anti-4-1BB bispecific antibodies and uses thereof | |
AU2017201439A1 (en) | Novel modulators and methods of use | |
EA037882B1 (en) | Agonistic antibodies specifically binding human cd40 and methods of use thereof | |
US20170198040A1 (en) | ANTIBODIES TARGETING CD32b AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF | |
US10047155B2 (en) | Antibodies targeting bone morphogenetic protein 9 (BMP9) and methods therefor | |
AU2012219313A1 (en) | Novel modulators and methods of use | |
WO2012172495A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for antibodies targeting tem8 | |
JP2018504893A (en) | Compositions and methods for antibodies targeting BMP6 | |
CA2857601A1 (en) | Antibodies for epidermal growth factor receptor 3 (her3) directed to domain ii of her3 | |
JP2024513239A (en) | Antigen binding protein that binds to ROR1 | |
US8748587B2 (en) | Molecules and methods for modulating TMEM16A activities | |
US9045546B2 (en) | Molecules and methods for modulating TMEM16A activities | |
WO2014084859A1 (en) | Molecules and methods for modulating tmem16a activities | |
KR20230146591A (en) | Novel anti-PAD4 antibody | |
CA3149707A1 (en) | Combination therapy with entpd2 and cd73 antibodies | |
EA046641B1 (en) | PSMA AGENTS AND THEIR USES |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 12809391 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 12809391 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |